Report - London Borough of Hillingdon
Report - London Borough of Hillingdon
Report - London Borough of Hillingdon
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
Cabinet agenda<br />
Meeting Date: THURSDAY 4 TH MARCH 2004<br />
Time:<br />
Venue:<br />
7.00 P.M.<br />
COMMITTEE ROOM 6, CIVIC CENTRE<br />
HIGH STREET, UXBRIDGE<br />
COUNCILLORS IN THE CABINET<br />
Councillor Ray Puddifoot<br />
Councillor David Simmonds<br />
Councillor Jim O’Neill<br />
Councillor Philip Corthorne<br />
Councillor Solveig Stone<br />
Councillor Jonathan Bianco<br />
Councillor Douglas Mills<br />
Councillor Mike Heywood<br />
Leader <strong>of</strong> the Council<br />
Deputy Leader and Member for<br />
Social Services and Health<br />
Environment<br />
Housing<br />
Education, Youth and Leisure<br />
Finance and Corporate Services<br />
Performance, Partnerships and<br />
Regeneration<br />
Planning and Transportation<br />
This agenda contains papers which detail the business <strong>of</strong> and decisions to be made by<br />
the Cabinet for the month <strong>of</strong> March. If you would like further information or copies <strong>of</strong><br />
the agenda please call <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s Cabinet Office on 01895 250472 or by visiting the<br />
Council’s website:<br />
www.hillingdon.gov.uk<br />
Mark Braddock - Cabinet Secretary<br />
Involving you in the way we do business…<br />
This agenda is<br />
Members <strong>of</strong> the Public and Press are very welcome to attend this meeting.<br />
Parking is available via the entrance in the High Street, Uxbridge. available Please in large<br />
enter from the Council’s main reception, where you will be print directed to the<br />
relevant Committee Room.
Cabinet Agenda – 4 th March 2004<br />
Agenda issued on 25 th February 2004<br />
1. Apologies for Absence<br />
2. Declarations <strong>of</strong> Interest – in matters coming before this meeting<br />
3. To receive the minutes <strong>of</strong> the Cabinet meeting held on 12 th February<br />
2004, copy attached (pages i – xi)<br />
4. To confirm that the items <strong>of</strong> business marked Part 1 will be considered<br />
in public and that the items marked Part 2 will be considered in private<br />
5. Consideration <strong>of</strong> Cabinet reports<br />
PART 1 – MEMBERS, PUBLIC AND PRESS<br />
This section lists the reports to be considered by the Cabinet in public. The<br />
number in brackets after each report title indicates the reference number in<br />
the Council’s Forward Plan, which is published monthly.<br />
Page<br />
1 Annual Audit Letter 2002/2003 1<br />
2 Fair Funding Arrangements 2004/2005 19<br />
3 Controlled Drinking Zones – Formal Designation 42<br />
4 Local Cultural Strategy for <strong>Hillingdon</strong> 54<br />
5 A review <strong>of</strong> the Animal Welfare Charter 83<br />
6 <strong>Hillingdon</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy – Response to the<br />
93<br />
Preliminary Consultation<br />
7 Behaviour Support Plan 2004/2005 133<br />
8 <strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA/DfES Compact 136<br />
9 Review <strong>of</strong> Welfare Meals Service, Meals in the Home, Dining<br />
150<br />
Centre, Day centre Meals and Civic Centre Banqueting Service<br />
10 Early Years Development and Childcare Partnership Implementation 152<br />
Plan 2004/2005<br />
11 Revenue Budget 2003/2004 Monthly Monitoring <strong>Report</strong> Month 9 157<br />
(December 2003)<br />
12 Opening <strong>of</strong> Private Equity Tender Off Site 174<br />
PART 2 – PRIVATE, MEMBERS ONLY<br />
The reports listed below in Part 2 are not made public because they contain<br />
confidential information as defined in the Local Government (Access to<br />
Information) Act 1985. This is because:
Items 13 and 14 deal with ‘any terms proposed or to be proposed by or to the<br />
Authority in the course <strong>of</strong> negotiations for a contract for the acquisition or<br />
disposal <strong>of</strong> property or the supply <strong>of</strong> goods or services.’<br />
13 The provision <strong>of</strong> Fleet Vehicles on long and short term hire 176<br />
14 Voluntary Sector Leasing Policy TO FOLLOW<br />
6. Any business transferred from Part 1 <strong>of</strong> the agenda.
CABINET 12 TH FEBRUARY 2004<br />
DECISIONS SHEET PUBLISHED BY THE CABINET OFFICE<br />
ON 16 TH FEBRUARY 2004<br />
Officer contact<br />
1A<br />
PRESENT<br />
Members <strong>of</strong> Cabinet – Councillors Ray Puddifoot, David Simmonds,<br />
Jonathan Bianco, Philip Corthorne, Mike Heywood, Douglas Mills, Jim<br />
O’Neill, Solveig Stone.<br />
Other Party Leaders/Deputy Leaders – Councillors Steve Carey and Rod<br />
Marshall.<br />
Overview & Scrutiny Chairmen/Vice Chairmen – Councillor Anthony Way<br />
(Item 1A), Councillor Keith Burrows (Item 8).<br />
Members congratulated Councillor Rod Marshall on his recent marriage.<br />
DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST<br />
Councillor Rod Marshall declared a general personal and non-prejudicial<br />
interest as Dean <strong>of</strong> Faculty at Buckinghamshire Chilterns University<br />
College, which was a provider <strong>of</strong> courses to the Council’s Social Services<br />
Group and as a member <strong>of</strong> the Board <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Homes. Councillor Rod<br />
Marshall also declared a personal and prejudicial interest in Items 4 and 5<br />
and left the meeting for the discussion on those items.<br />
MINUTES<br />
The minutes <strong>of</strong> the meeting held 15 th January 2004 were agreed as<br />
correct.<br />
ALLOCATION OF FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO THE VOLUNTARY<br />
SECTOR 2004/2005<br />
DECISION<br />
1. That the Cabinet agrees the recommendations on the allocation <strong>of</strong><br />
grants to Voluntary groups as set out in the schedule attached to the<br />
report, with the exception <strong>of</strong> the grant to <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Autistic Care and<br />
Support which is to be £25,000 and not as printed.<br />
2. That it is confirmed that the sum <strong>of</strong> £264,000 is to be set aside for<br />
grant to <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Citizens’ Advice Bureau until the Council is<br />
satisfied and has received the outcome <strong>of</strong> the review being<br />
undertaken by the National CAB.<br />
REASON FOR DECISION<br />
Nigel Cramb<br />
01895<br />
250394
To allocate money to voluntary sector organisations.<br />
ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />
To vary the allocations or to make no decisions.<br />
1B THE COUNCIL’S BUDGETS 2004/2005<br />
The Leader advised the meeting that subject to promises made to him that<br />
day by the DfES being delivered, the budget shortfall was now reduced to<br />
£1.15m. It was noted that the Cabinet would be meeting again before the<br />
Council tax setting meeting on 26 th February 2004, to make<br />
recommendations about the budget.<br />
Leigh<br />
Whitehouse<br />
01895<br />
227457<br />
Thanks were recorded to the Members <strong>of</strong> Parliament for the<br />
Constituencies in the <strong>Borough</strong> and to the Leader <strong>of</strong> the Council for the<br />
negotiations they had carried out with Government Ministers about the<br />
funding requirement arising from the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Judgment.<br />
Thanks were also recorded to <strong>of</strong>ficers who had supported the Leader <strong>of</strong><br />
the Council in the meetings with Government Ministers, in particular Leigh<br />
Whitehouse and Kamini Rambellas.<br />
It was noted that the amount in the capital budget for Chrysalis funding had<br />
been increased to £900,000 and that 20% <strong>of</strong> this funding would be<br />
allocated for community safety items.<br />
DECISION<br />
1. To note the proposals put forward to <strong>of</strong>fset the impact <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Judgment in 2004/05<br />
2. To note the revised growth list in Appendix B<br />
3. To note the proposed reductions included in Appendix C and<br />
authorises <strong>of</strong>ficers to begin work on implementation in the current<br />
year.<br />
4. To note the Capital Programme as outlined in Appendix E,<br />
including the internally financed schemes detailed in Appendix D<br />
5. To note the Prudential Indicators for 2004/05 as detailed in<br />
Appendix F<br />
6. To note the Director <strong>of</strong> Finance’s recommendations regarding his<br />
responsibilities under the Local Government Act 2003<br />
7. To note the requirement for further consultation to be undertaken<br />
as a result <strong>of</strong> the amendments to the draft budget proposals<br />
REASON FOR DECISION
To comply with the Budget and Policy Framework Rules and allow the<br />
presentation to the Council <strong>of</strong> a recommended budget for 2004/2005.<br />
ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />
To amend the proposals.<br />
This Item had been dispatched less than 5 clear days before the meeting.<br />
The Chairman agreed that it be considered as urgent because<br />
fundamental changes have been made to the draft budget issued for<br />
consultation as a result <strong>of</strong> continuing uncertainty over funding for services<br />
to Unaccompanied Asylum Seeking Children arising from the <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Judgment. In order to allow for consultation on the revised proposals it has<br />
been necessary to issue a further budget report.<br />
2 HOUSING REVENUE ACCOUNT (HRA) RENT SETTING 2004/2005<br />
DECISION<br />
1. That it is agreed to continue to use formula rents under the ODPM<br />
rents restructure policy to calculate HRA dwelling rents for<br />
2004/2005.<br />
Ola Ajala<br />
01895<br />
250795<br />
2. To approve the HRA rent, charges and allowances for 2004/2005 as<br />
set out in Table A <strong>of</strong> the report.<br />
3. To note the latest projected expenditure for 2003/2004 and<br />
2004/2005 in Appendix 1 to the report. Appendix 1 is estimating HRA<br />
uncommitted balance at the end <strong>of</strong> 2003/2004 at £2.78m and £2.13m<br />
for 2004/2005.<br />
4. That the HRA capital programme is granted exemption from the<br />
moratorium on capital expenditure as imposed for 2004/2005.<br />
REASONS FOR DECISION<br />
To review the levels <strong>of</strong> rent, service charges and allowances for 2004/2005<br />
to ensure that the HRA does not go into deficit and the cost <strong>of</strong> providing<br />
services is recovered from HRA service users.<br />
ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />
To set alternative levels charges for non dwelling services.<br />
3 IMPROVEMENT PLANNING : HILLINGDON’S RESPONSE TO THE CPA<br />
REFRESH 2003<br />
DECISION<br />
Brian Murrell<br />
01895
1. To note the work done in improvement planning in 2003/04 as set<br />
out in the report, and the positive qualitative assessment report from<br />
the Audit Commission.<br />
250612<br />
2. To agree the arrangements for improvement planning for 2004/5<br />
and beyond as set out in the report.<br />
3. To note the proposed changes to CPA from 2005 and instructs the<br />
<strong>of</strong>ficers to submit a proposed response to the consultation to the<br />
Leader <strong>of</strong> the Council and to the Cabinet Member for Performance,<br />
Partnerships and Regeneration.<br />
4. To instruct <strong>of</strong>ficers to arrange an independent “peer” review<br />
conducted by the IDeA to benchmark the Council’s progress in<br />
improving its corporate capacity.<br />
5. To instruct <strong>of</strong>ficers to assess all capacity building options and<br />
submit a report with recommendations to the Leader <strong>of</strong> the Council<br />
and to the Cabinet Member for Performance, Partnerships and<br />
Regeneration.<br />
REASONS FOR DECISION<br />
The CPA process requires all Councils to carry out improvement planning<br />
based on their CPA result.<br />
ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />
To not support and resource all or some <strong>of</strong> the proposals for Improvement<br />
Planning.<br />
4 HILLINGDON ADULT EDUCATION SERVICE POST-INSPECTION<br />
ACTION PLAN AND 3 YEAR DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2003/2006<br />
DECISION<br />
1. To endorse the Post Inspection Action Plan (page 10 <strong>of</strong> the green<br />
pages) and request an updated plan to be presented to the Cabinet<br />
after the full autumn inspection.<br />
Roger<br />
Turner /<br />
Tricia Collis<br />
01895<br />
250789 /<br />
676690<br />
2. To endorse the Three Year Development Plan (page 1 <strong>of</strong> the green<br />
pages) and associated actions and targets, including the Options<br />
Appraisal (Appendix C, page 46 <strong>of</strong> the report) and request a further<br />
report on the Options Appraisal. It was also agreed that the third<br />
paragraph in Appendix C (starting ‘Whatever recommendations<br />
reached..’) was to be deleted.<br />
3. To agree use up to £25k <strong>of</strong> the EYL budget for 2003/04 and request<br />
an option appraisal as soon as possible.<br />
REASON FOR DECISION
To ensure the Authority can improve the quality <strong>of</strong> the learning<br />
opportunities it <strong>of</strong>fers to adults and draw down funding from the LSC to<br />
provide learning opportunities in the most efficient and effective way.<br />
ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />
To modify the Action Plan and the 3 Year Development Plan.<br />
5 HILLINGDON ADULT EDUCATION SERVICE ACCOMMODATION<br />
STRATEGY 2003/2007<br />
DECISION<br />
1. To endorse in principle the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Adult Education<br />
Accommodation Strategy<br />
2. To instruct <strong>of</strong>ficers to continue to develop detailed costed<br />
proposals for:<br />
the replacement <strong>of</strong> the Frays Centre in Uxbridge in partnership with<br />
Uxbridge College<br />
the redevelopment <strong>of</strong> Victoria Centre in its current location, including<br />
the option <strong>of</strong> including a new replacement library for Ruislip<br />
Manor<br />
the redevelopment <strong>of</strong> the North <strong>Hillingdon</strong> site in partnership with<br />
The Douay Martyrs school<br />
the provision <strong>of</strong> an adult learning facility as part <strong>of</strong> the new Ruislip<br />
High School<br />
Roger<br />
Turner /<br />
Tricia Collis<br />
01895<br />
250789 /<br />
676690<br />
3. To endorse the Capital Bid for the provision <strong>of</strong> an Adult Learning<br />
Centre at Hayes Manor School and a similar bid for Harefield at the<br />
Harefield Academy<br />
REASONS FOR DECISION<br />
To enable the Authority to continue to <strong>of</strong>fer high quality adult learning<br />
opportunities in DDA part 4 compliant buildings and to enable the<br />
development <strong>of</strong> learning opportunities to meet the needs <strong>of</strong> residents<br />
through continued funding from the LSC.<br />
ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />
To request additional information at a later stage on two <strong>of</strong> the buildings.<br />
6 POST-16 BASIC NEEDS CAPITAL ALLOCATION<br />
DECISION<br />
To endorse the decision to allocate capital funding to Mellow Lane<br />
and Vyners Secondary Schools in order for the two schools to<br />
Roger<br />
Turner<br />
01895
expand their sixth form accommodation.<br />
250789<br />
REASON FOR DECISION<br />
Cabinet approval is required to the level <strong>of</strong> expenditure for the two<br />
projects.<br />
ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />
To withdraw funding for the projects.<br />
7 JOINT ALLOTMENTS STRATEGY<br />
DECISION<br />
1. To note the investment made to date in site improvements and<br />
endorses the proposed programme <strong>of</strong> works for 2004/05 and beyond.<br />
2. To declare Site A (shown hatched black on plan G.1075/A) surplus<br />
to requirements<br />
3. To agree to the rationalisation <strong>of</strong> Site B and, subject to negotiation<br />
with the allotment holders and the grant <strong>of</strong> Secretary <strong>of</strong> State’s<br />
consent to its release from allotment use, declares the part hatched<br />
black on the plan G.1075/B surplus to requirements<br />
Stuart<br />
Hunt/Jackie<br />
Hodgson<br />
01895<br />
250916 /<br />
250932<br />
4. To instruct the Head <strong>of</strong> Property Services to:<br />
(i) give twelve months notice to the plotholders on the surplus<br />
sites;<br />
(ii) prepare development proposals for each site and, with the<br />
approval <strong>of</strong> the Cabinet Member for Finance and Property<br />
Services make outline planning applications<br />
(iii) market the sites and seek informal bids for report back to<br />
Cabinet<br />
5. To allocate 10% <strong>of</strong> the capital receipt up to a maximum <strong>of</strong> £800,000<br />
over the four years 04/05 to 08/09 from the proceeds arising from the<br />
sale <strong>of</strong> Site A and Site B for reinvestment in the remaining allotment<br />
sites.<br />
6. That the release <strong>of</strong> the monies allocated for reinvestment in the<br />
allotment sites be subject to approval by the relevant Cabinet<br />
Member <strong>of</strong> detailed programmes <strong>of</strong> works within the overall<br />
framework <strong>of</strong> the Allotment Strategy.<br />
REASON FOR DECISION<br />
To set priorities for investing in allotments from fundraising and<br />
rationalisation <strong>of</strong> allotment land that is surplus.<br />
ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED
To not dispose <strong>of</strong> the sites or not to invest resources in other allotments.<br />
8 CHOICE BASED LETTINGS - LOCATA<br />
DECISION<br />
1. To agree the continuation <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s membership <strong>of</strong> Locata<br />
and the Choice Based lettings scheme for a further 12 months, when<br />
it will be reviewed again by Cabinet.<br />
Ann Lander<br />
01895<br />
250717<br />
2. To confirm the continuation <strong>of</strong> the current assessment criteria<br />
adopted on 4 th December 2001 as part <strong>of</strong> the pilot. The criteria is<br />
attached at Appendix 1.<br />
3. To agree that in conjunction with other Locata partners’, <strong>of</strong>ficers<br />
continue to develop and improve the scheme as outlined in the<br />
enhancements plan attached at Appendix 2.<br />
4. To note with reservations the attempt <strong>of</strong> the Notting Hill Housing<br />
Group to join the Locata partnership and instructs <strong>of</strong>ficers to oppose<br />
their inclusion until such time as there is a clear and demonstrable<br />
improvement in their standard <strong>of</strong> estate management.<br />
REASON FOR DECISION<br />
Choice based lettings has been successfully introduced in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> and<br />
has increased options for residents to find housing. Continuing in<br />
membership <strong>of</strong> LOCATA will deliver choice to applicants and tenants in the<br />
social housing sector.<br />
ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />
To withdraw from choice based lettings. To enter into an alternative<br />
partnership to <strong>of</strong>fer choice based lettings. To return to the previous means<br />
<strong>of</strong> allocation and assessment scheme.<br />
9 REVENUE BUDGET 2003/2004 MONTHLY MONITORING REPORT<br />
MONTH 8 (NOVEMBER 2003)<br />
DECISION<br />
To note the improved position <strong>of</strong> the revenue budget and agrees to<br />
<strong>of</strong>ficers continuing to take appropriate actions to ensure the<br />
budgeted revenue surplus for the current year is achieved.<br />
Paul<br />
Whaymand<br />
01895<br />
556074<br />
REASON FOR DECISION<br />
To achieve the Council’s expected surplus in line with the approved<br />
budget.
ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />
None.<br />
10 USE OF CONTINGENCY FUNDING FOR HARLINGTON ROAD DEPOT<br />
SITE INVESTIGATIONS<br />
DECISION<br />
To authorise the release <strong>of</strong> £24,000 <strong>of</strong> contingency in 2003/4 to fund<br />
the site investigation work authorised by <strong>of</strong>ficers.<br />
Pacey<br />
Cheales<br />
01895<br />
250118<br />
REASON FOR DECISION<br />
To enable progress on site investigation work at Harlington Road Depot to<br />
begin as a matter <strong>of</strong> urgency.<br />
ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />
None.<br />
11 COUNCIL OPPOSITION TO THE PROPOSED THIRD RUNWAY AT<br />
HEATHROW - CONSIDERATION OF THE AVIATION WHITE PAPER<br />
AND PROPOSED ACTIONS<br />
DECISION<br />
1. On the basis <strong>of</strong> the legal advice which has been obtained<br />
from Leading Counsel, Cabinet instructs the <strong>Borough</strong> Solicitor to<br />
write to the Government for the purpose <strong>of</strong> seeking clarification on<br />
the Northolt issue and depending on the Government's response, to<br />
take such action as is deemed necessary and appropriate.<br />
Raj Alagh /<br />
Brian Murrell<br />
/ Tim Jurdon<br />
01895<br />
250617/<br />
250612 /<br />
250610<br />
2. The Cabinet agrees that the Council should join in a legal<br />
action commenced by a consortium <strong>of</strong> local authorities led by the<br />
<strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> <strong>of</strong> Wandsworth.<br />
3. That future options for the campaign against the third<br />
runway, including the use <strong>of</strong> consultants, lobbyists, and support for<br />
NOTRAG be deferred for consideration following any resolution in<br />
respect <strong>of</strong> the legal challenge.<br />
4. That consideration <strong>of</strong> detailed impacts <strong>of</strong> the possible third<br />
runway, relating to any information received from BAA or details <strong>of</strong><br />
any blight scheme received, be referred to a future meeting <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Cabinet.<br />
REASON FOR DECISION<br />
The Council has limited time to decide on whether it will legally challenge<br />
any aspects <strong>of</strong> the Aviation White Paper. There is also a need to review<br />
the current arrangements for public relations, parliamentary lobbying, and
support for NOTRAG following publication <strong>of</strong> the White Paper, and this is<br />
considered best done in consultation with wider campaign stakeholders.<br />
ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />
To not challenge the White Paper and to end the campaign against the<br />
third runway.<br />
The report was considered in Part 2 because it contained confidential<br />
information as defined in paragraph 12 <strong>of</strong> the Schedule to the Local<br />
Government (Access to Information) Act 1985, namely ‘Any instructions to<br />
counsel and any opinion <strong>of</strong> counsel whether or not in connection with any<br />
proceedings and any advice received, information obtained or action to be<br />
taken in connection with any legal proceedings by or against the authority<br />
or the determination <strong>of</strong> any matter affecting the authority whether, in either<br />
case, proceedings have been commenced or are in contemplation.<br />
12 APPOINTMENT OF CORPORATE ADVERTISING SERVICES<br />
SUPPLIER TO THE LONDON BOROUGH OF HILLINGDON AND THE<br />
LCSG<br />
DECISION<br />
To award the contract for the supply <strong>of</strong> all advertising and Public<br />
Notice services to TMP Worldwide Ltd.<br />
Danesh<br />
Sharma<br />
01895<br />
277934<br />
REASON FOR DECISION<br />
The contract <strong>of</strong>fers best value to the council and will result in cost savings.<br />
ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />
To retender the contract.<br />
The report was considered in Part 2 because it contained confidential<br />
information as defined in paragraph 9 <strong>of</strong> the Schedule to the Local<br />
Government (Access to Information) Act 1985, namely ‘any terms<br />
proposed or to be proposed by or to the Authority in the course <strong>of</strong><br />
negotiations for a contract for the acquisition or disposal <strong>of</strong> property or the<br />
supply <strong>of</strong> goods or services.<br />
13 APPOINTMENT OF CONSULTANT TO DELIVER HRA DEVELOPMENT<br />
PROGRAMME AND OTHER MAJOR PROJECTS<br />
DECISION<br />
To appoint Redl<strong>of</strong>t Partnership for a 2 year period from February<br />
2004.<br />
Ann Lander<br />
01895<br />
250717<br />
REASONS FOR DECISION<br />
The appointment <strong>of</strong>fers the most effective way <strong>of</strong> delivering the HRA
Programme.<br />
ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />
To not appoint Redl<strong>of</strong>t Partnership.<br />
The report was considered in Part 2 because it contained confidential<br />
information as defined in paragraph 9 <strong>of</strong> the Schedule to the Local<br />
Government (Access to Information) Act 1985, namely ‘any terms<br />
proposed or to be proposed by or to the Authority in the course <strong>of</strong><br />
negotiations for a contract for the acquisition or disposal <strong>of</strong> property or the<br />
supply <strong>of</strong> goods or services.<br />
14 PROPOSED GRANT OF LEASES OF PROPERTIES FOR MORE THAN<br />
SEVEN YEARS<br />
DECISION<br />
That Cabinet authorises grant <strong>of</strong> leases for a term exceeding seven<br />
years in respect <strong>of</strong> the two properties identified in the report upon<br />
terms to be agreed by the Head <strong>of</strong> Property Services.<br />
Martin White<br />
01895<br />
250936<br />
REASON FOR DECISION<br />
To allow the Council to receive increased rental income.<br />
ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />
To not proceed with the leases.<br />
The report was considered in Part 2 because it contained confidential<br />
information as defined in paragraph 9 <strong>of</strong> the Schedule to the Local<br />
Government (Access to Information) Act 1985, namely ‘any terms<br />
proposed or to be proposed by or to the Authority in the course <strong>of</strong><br />
negotiations for a contract for the acquisition or disposal <strong>of</strong> property or the<br />
supply <strong>of</strong> goods or services.<br />
15 APPROVAL TO ACCEPT A NEGOTIATED TENDER FOR THE SURVEY<br />
OF CORPORATE STOCK SITES AND BUILDINGS FOR DISABILITY<br />
DISCRIMINATION ACT REQUIREMENTS - PHASE THREE SURVEYS<br />
DECISION<br />
To accept the negotiated tender from Vectra Property Consulting in<br />
the sum <strong>of</strong> £68,934.77 to undertake Phase 3 access surveys to sites.<br />
Gerry<br />
Edwards<br />
01895<br />
250903<br />
REASON FOR DECISION<br />
To enable surveys to be progressed.
ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />
To retender the contract.<br />
The report was considered in Part 2 because it contained confidential<br />
information as defined in paragraph 9 <strong>of</strong> the Schedule to the Local<br />
Government (Access to Information) Act 1985, namely ‘any terms<br />
proposed or to be proposed by or to the Authority in the course <strong>of</strong><br />
negotiations for a contract for the acquisition or disposal <strong>of</strong> property or the<br />
supply <strong>of</strong> goods or services.<br />
The meeting closed at 9.17 p.m.<br />
THESE DECISIONS WILL COME INTO FORCE AND WILL THEN BE IMPLEMENTED UNLESS<br />
THEY ARE CALLED-IN. THE DEADLINE FOR CALL-IN TO BE RECEIVED BY THE HEAD OF<br />
DEMOCRATIC SERVICES IS 5PM ON MONDAY 23 RD FEBRUARY 2004.<br />
COUNCILLORS AND OFFICERS WILL BE NOTIFIED OF ANY CALL-INS RECEIVED.<br />
This is a summary <strong>of</strong> the Cabinet’s decisions.<br />
If you wish for more detailed information on any <strong>of</strong> the decisions please contact <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s Cabinet<br />
Office - Mark Braddock on 01895 250470 or Susan Came on 01895 250472.<br />
The right hand column indicates the name <strong>of</strong> the <strong>of</strong>ficer(s) responsible for implementing/following up<br />
the decision in each case. Circulation <strong>of</strong> this decisions sheet is to Members <strong>of</strong> the Council, Corporate<br />
Directors, Group Secretariats.
ANNUAL AUDIT LETTER 2002/3 ITEM 1<br />
SUMMARY<br />
Contact Officer: P Whaymand<br />
Telephone: 01895 556074<br />
This report summarises the main points raised in the District Auditor’s letter on<br />
2002/3 audit and inspection issues. The District Auditor has been invited to present<br />
his Letter to the Cabinet and to answer Members’ questions. The letter notes the first<br />
unqualified accounts since 1996/7, the unqualified Best Value Performance Plan, the<br />
generally sound internal controls and the promising improvements shown on<br />
inspections. It also notes the good record in financial management, the need for<br />
reserves to be higher as currently planned, the improvement in the use <strong>of</strong> resources<br />
CPA rating from 2 to 3 out <strong>of</strong> 4, and the plan to improve the Council’s overall CPA<br />
rating.<br />
RECOMMENDATIONS<br />
1. That the annual Audit Letter attached be noted.<br />
2. That staff be commended for achieving the improvements noted by the<br />
District Auditor.<br />
REASON FOR RECOMMENDATION<br />
The Cabinet is required to consider the annual audit letter.<br />
OPTIONS<br />
Not relevant.<br />
COMMENTS OF OVERVIEW & SCRUTINY COMMITTEE<br />
The Corporate Services Overview & Scrutiny Committee will be commenting on this<br />
report at its meeting in March 2004.<br />
INFORMATION<br />
1. This is the second joint audit and inspection Annual Letter for members. The<br />
Letter summarises the conclusions and significant issues arising from the 2002/2003<br />
audit and inspection programme and comments on other current issues.<br />
2. The key messages in the Annual Letter (a full copy <strong>of</strong> which is attached) are as<br />
follows:<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 1
Audit Assurance Work<br />
3. An unqualified opinion on the Council’s 2002/2003 accounts and Pension Fund<br />
was issued in December 2003. This is the first time since 1996/97 that the Council<br />
has received an unqualified opinion on its accounts. The Council’s draft accounts<br />
were prepared for audit by August 2003 and supporting documentation was once<br />
again <strong>of</strong> a good standard. The letter goes on to note that the Council is well placed to<br />
tackle the challenge <strong>of</strong> the earlier audit opinions that will be required in future years.<br />
4. The Council also received an unqualified opinion on the 2003/2004 Best Value<br />
Performance Plan.<br />
5. In relation to grant claims the letter says that overall, the audit <strong>of</strong> the Council’s<br />
grant claims for 2001/2002 was successful. Claims were generally well prepared for<br />
audit, accurate, and the audits conducted efficiently. However, there are still some<br />
claims where the supporting documentation can be improved. The Director <strong>of</strong><br />
Finance is taking steps to ensure that the preparation <strong>of</strong> these claims is improved by<br />
increasing the central review <strong>of</strong> the claims.<br />
Financial Aspects <strong>of</strong> Corporate Governance<br />
6. The letter comments that in recent years, the Council has developed a good track<br />
record in financial management, exercised restraints where needed, and begun to<br />
build its reserves.<br />
7. However the letter also comments that the reserves are still too low to provide<br />
protection against unforeseen cost pressures. The financial forecast for 2003/4<br />
provides for further improvement on this, as does the longer term financial plan.<br />
8. The letter comments that the Council’s arrangements for maintaining internal<br />
financial control, for ensuring standards <strong>of</strong> financial conduct and the prevention <strong>of</strong><br />
fraud and corruption, and for maintaining the legality <strong>of</strong> financial transactions are<br />
generally sound.<br />
Inspections<br />
9. The Audit letter comments that inspections undertaken on Housing Management<br />
and ICT Service during 2003 show promising improvement prospects.<br />
10. The Housing Management Service was found to have clear aims, good access,<br />
an effective complaints system, good caretaking and cleaning services and<br />
improving rent collection procedures.<br />
11. The ICT service had promising prospects for improvement because:<br />
• Senior <strong>of</strong>ficer, members and ICT staff are leading the e-government agenda;<br />
• There is a good track record <strong>of</strong> partnership working to deliver e-government<br />
plans;<br />
• Additional funding has been committed to ICT developments.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 2
CPA Scorecard<br />
12. The Letter comments that the Council has generally maintained its services at<br />
the level <strong>of</strong> the previous year. Both Housing and Education Services have<br />
maintained their good status. The use <strong>of</strong> resources rating has improved from 2 to 3<br />
which reflects improvement in financial and management processes. The only area<br />
<strong>of</strong> deterioration was in social care for children, but this had a significant impact on<br />
the Council’s overall performance rating, dropping it from ‘fair’ to ‘weak’. <strong>Report</strong> also<br />
comments that Waste recycling, services for the under-fives and careers’ guidance<br />
to teenagers have improved and that the Planning service is making progress.<br />
13. The letter also comments that the Council has put in place plans to improve our<br />
rating and that these plans will be monitored over the next 12 months. Cabinet at its<br />
meeting <strong>of</strong> 12 February agreed revised arrangements for improvement planning for<br />
2004/5 and beyond, operating as part <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Improvement Programme.<br />
FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS<br />
14. There are no direct financial implications flowing from the report. The<br />
improvements planned to address some <strong>of</strong> the issues raised in the letter have been<br />
built into the service planning process for 2004/5. The letter refers to the cost <strong>of</strong> the<br />
external audit service for the 2002/3 audit being £673k.<br />
LEGAL IMPLICATIONS<br />
15. There are no specific legal implications arising from this report.<br />
BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />
2002/3 Annual Letter from District Auditor<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 3
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 4
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 5
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 6
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 7
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 8
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 9
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 10
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 11
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 12
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 13
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 14
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 15
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 16
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 17
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 18
FAIR FUNDING ARRANGEMENTS 2004/05 ITEM 2<br />
SUMMARY<br />
Contact Officer: David Tully<br />
Telephone: 01895 250076<br />
Officers have worked with schools over the last few months to establish the most<br />
appropriate way <strong>of</strong> distributing the Schools Budget for 2004/05, including the<br />
operation <strong>of</strong> the Fair Funding formula. Two rounds <strong>of</strong> consultation have taken place<br />
and the proposals put forward in the second consultation form the basis <strong>of</strong> the<br />
recommendations in this report. Schools are due to articulate their collective view on<br />
the proposals at Schools Forum on 3 rd March 2004, so a summary <strong>of</strong> their<br />
recommendations will be provided to Cabinet before it is asked to make final<br />
decisions.<br />
The recommendations ask that the full extent <strong>of</strong> any uncommitted funds within the<br />
Schools Budget for 2004/05 are allocated to primary schools to address funding<br />
differentials which have developed between <strong>Hillingdon</strong> primary schools and primary<br />
schools in other Outer <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong>s.<br />
The other recommendations largely propose modifications to the distribution <strong>of</strong><br />
funding in the Fair Funding formula.<br />
RECOMMENDATIONS<br />
That Members:<br />
a) Agree to distribute to primary schools the whole <strong>of</strong> any uncommitted<br />
funding that is available within the Schools Budget (ie any amounts<br />
beyond the Minimum Funding Guarantee and any commitments for SEN<br />
and other budgets)<br />
b) Agree to seek formal permission from the DfES to omit three factors from<br />
the calculations <strong>of</strong> the Minimum Funding Guarantee for schools: SEN<br />
proxy, Specialist Resourced Provision and Closing Schools.<br />
c) Agree to an Increased weighting for social deprivation and turnover<br />
factors, as set out in the consultation paper (No 2) proposals:<br />
d) Agree the use <strong>of</strong> Key Stage 1 data instead <strong>of</strong> baseline data for Foundation<br />
and Key Stage 1 pupils for Non-Statemented SEN funding and for high<br />
incidence SEN proxy funding and for the weightings to be calculated as<br />
set out in the consultation paper (No 2).<br />
e) Agree to introduce a minimum protection factor for primary, secondary<br />
and special schools.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 19
f) Agree to introduce a closing schools factor to allow for the arrangements<br />
associated with the closure <strong>of</strong> Evelyns Community School, as set out in<br />
the consultation paper (No 2).<br />
g) Agree to introduce a formal delegated budget for McMillan Nursery, as a<br />
maintained nursery school and for that budget to be composed <strong>of</strong> three<br />
factors: place factors, a nursery factor and a nursery school factor.<br />
h) Take up the whole <strong>of</strong> the Advanced Skills Teachers (AST) Standards Fund<br />
grant on the basis that each school with an AST makes a voluntary<br />
contribution to create the matched funding.<br />
i) Retain certain elements <strong>of</strong> the School Development Grant as set out in the<br />
consultation paper (No 2).<br />
j) Allocate any excess School Development Grant beyond the minimum<br />
entitlement for each school on the basis <strong>of</strong> PLASC January 2004 pupil<br />
numbers.<br />
REASONS FOR OFFICER RECOMMENDATION<br />
The Council, as Local Education Authority, is required to consider changes annually<br />
to its Fair Funding scheme, to consult on any changes with schools and with the<br />
Schools Forum, and to take account <strong>of</strong> their views before final decisions. Any<br />
changes should be implemented in time for budgets to be published on or before<br />
31 st March 2004.<br />
The recommendations are put forward as the proposals which <strong>of</strong>ficers believed were<br />
appropriate after the first round <strong>of</strong> Fair Funding consultation with schools;<br />
recommendations may be revised, subject to the outcomes <strong>of</strong> the second round <strong>of</strong><br />
consultation.<br />
OPTIONS AVAILABLE<br />
To accept the recommendations.<br />
To propose amendments to the recommendations.<br />
To accept alternative recommendations which might be proposed either by <strong>of</strong>ficers<br />
or by Schools Forum after the Schools Forum meeting on 3 rd March 2004.<br />
COMMENTS OF OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE<br />
Overview and Scrutiny Committee considered the contents <strong>of</strong> the first consultation<br />
paper on Fair Funding at its meeting on 8 th January 2004.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 20
INFORMATION<br />
1. The Fair Funding Consultation Paper (No2) is in Appendix 1 and it explains all <strong>of</strong><br />
the proposals being considered by schools. The outcomes from the consultation<br />
paper are being considered by Schools Forum on 3 rd March 2004 and their views will<br />
be conveyed to Cabinet prior to final decisions being made.<br />
2. One important element within the proposals is that any uncommitted funding<br />
within the Schools Budget be allocated to primary schools. Officers have made this<br />
recommendation on the basis <strong>of</strong> the resolution made by Schools Forum at its<br />
meeting on 22 nd January 2004 that funding for each sector move to the level <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Outer <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> average. Moreover, the evidence on which the Schools<br />
Forum made their resolution has also heavily influenced the <strong>of</strong>ficer recommendation.<br />
3. There are three pieces <strong>of</strong> evidence now available that support the view that any<br />
uncommitted funding be allocated in 2004/05 to primary schools:<br />
a) The comparison <strong>of</strong> primary, secondary and special needs budgets for 2003/04<br />
with the component sub-blocks <strong>of</strong> the Education Formula Spending Share<br />
indicate that primary schools are being funded £4.6m below the level <strong>of</strong> the<br />
FSS. There has not been such a large movement in the FSS for 2004/05 to<br />
suggest that this pattern is not still valid. In the first consultation paper on Fair<br />
Funding issued in December 2004, the analysis was as follows:<br />
Table 4: Analysis <strong>of</strong> Education FSS Sub-blocks<br />
Nursery &<br />
Secondary Special Total<br />
Primary<br />
Total Schools budget on<br />
a basis comparable to the<br />
FSS for Schools<br />
58,157,035 49,084,536 14,485,861 121,727,431<br />
FSS for schools 62,715,003 48,383,678 12,790,662 123,889,343<br />
Difference between<br />
budget and FSS<br />
-4,557,968 700,858 1,695,199 -2,161,912<br />
Officers explored the methodology for this analysis with the DfES to ensure that<br />
a like-for-like comparison was being made.<br />
b) At the 9 th December 2003 meeting <strong>of</strong> the Schools Forum a paper was<br />
considered which analysed the ratio <strong>of</strong> primary – secondary relative funding. It<br />
used publicly available statistics, using budgets and actuals. It concluded that,<br />
compared to other Outer <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong>s <strong>Hillingdon</strong> primary pupils were being<br />
funded at an average ratio <strong>of</strong> 67.4% <strong>of</strong> the value <strong>of</strong> secondary pupil, whereas<br />
the Outer <strong>London</strong> ratio was 75.35%. This did not imply that secondary pupils<br />
were overfunded, rather that primary schools were being funded consistently<br />
below the average. Schools Forum has asked for some independent<br />
verification <strong>of</strong> the validity <strong>of</strong> the analysis and conclusions and <strong>of</strong>ficers are<br />
arranging for this to happen. There does not, however, appear to be any<br />
obvious flaw in the analysis and it does reinforce the conclusions about the<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 21
elatively worse funding for primary schools identified in the FSS analysis<br />
above.<br />
c) The Chartered Institute <strong>of</strong> Public Finance and Accountancy has issued draft<br />
statistics on detailed 2003/04 budgets for schools. This provides the basis on<br />
which the Schools Forum resolution can be considered.<br />
The average Individual Schools Budget (ISB) Share per primary pupil in Outer<br />
<strong>London</strong> for 2003/04 was £2,552, compared to the amount per <strong>Hillingdon</strong> primary<br />
pupil <strong>of</strong> £2,395. To fund <strong>Hillingdon</strong> primary pupils at that average level would<br />
require an additional £3.6m. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> primary schools were ranked 16 th out <strong>of</strong><br />
20 in the amount <strong>of</strong> ISB per pupil.<br />
The average Individual Schools Budget Share per secondary pupil in Outer<br />
<strong>London</strong> for 2003/04 was £3,363, compared to the amount per <strong>Hillingdon</strong> primary<br />
pupil <strong>of</strong> £3,441. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> secondary schools were ranked 7 th out <strong>of</strong> 20 in the<br />
amount <strong>of</strong> ISB per pupil.<br />
These figures demonstrate that, to reach the Outer <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> average,<br />
additional funding needs to be found for primary, but not secondary schools.<br />
This situation would be reviewed again in 2004/05 for future years.<br />
CORPORATE CONSULTATIONS CARRIED OUT<br />
Resource Implications<br />
4. The report deals with how the available funding should be distributed. Decisions<br />
about the level <strong>of</strong> funding for schools will be taken at Council on 26 th February 2004.<br />
The financial aspects <strong>of</strong> the School Forum resolution to fund at the level <strong>of</strong> the Outer<br />
<strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> average are explained in the text.<br />
Legal implications<br />
5. There are no legal implications arising directly from this report.<br />
Property implications<br />
6. There are no property implications arising directly from this report.<br />
EXTERNAL CONSULTATIONS CARRIED OUT<br />
7. Schools and the Schools Forum have been formally consulted and their views will<br />
be reported to Cabinet prior to any final decision being taken.<br />
BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />
1 st Fair Funding Consultation – December 2003 and the outcomes.<br />
Schools Forum minutes December 2003 and January 2004<br />
Cabinet reports on the Council’s budget – December 2003 and February 2004<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 22
Education, Youth and Leisure Services<br />
Consultation Paper (No 2) – February 2004<br />
Fair Funding Arrangements 2004/05.<br />
Target audience:<br />
Deadlines<br />
response:<br />
for<br />
Headteachers<br />
Governing Bodies<br />
Senior Managers<br />
Finance Officers<br />
Teachers Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Associations<br />
Wednesday 25 th February 2004 (to allow<br />
consideration <strong>of</strong> responses at Schools Forum on<br />
3 rd March 2004)<br />
Queries on this consultation paper should be directed to:<br />
David Tully<br />
Assistant Director: Finance &<br />
Resources<br />
Tel: 01895 250076<br />
Fax: 01895 250831<br />
Email: dtully@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />
School Finance Team<br />
Jane Rana<br />
Tel: 01895 250432<br />
Ge<strong>of</strong>f Trott<br />
Tel: 01895 250458<br />
Colin Osafo<br />
Tel: 01895 250451<br />
Martyn Callister<br />
Principal Accountant: Schools<br />
Tel: 01895 277687<br />
Fax: 01895 277007<br />
Email: Mcallister@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />
Special Needs Team<br />
Linda Jackson<br />
Tel: 01895 250489<br />
Email: Ljackson2@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />
Formal responses should be sent to:<br />
Janet Watson<br />
EYL Directorate<br />
4E.01 Civic Centre<br />
Uxbridge<br />
Middlesex UB8 1QU<br />
Tel: 01895 277970<br />
Fax: 01895 250831<br />
Email: jwatson2@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />
By Noon Wednesday 25 th February 2004<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 23
Consultation Paper (No 2) – February 2004<br />
Fair Funding Arrangements 2004/05<br />
Contents<br />
Item Description Page<br />
1 Introduction 3<br />
2 Consultation issues 3<br />
3 Feedback from Consultation (No 1) 4<br />
4 Overall Financial Position 4<br />
5 Minimum Funding Guarantee 8<br />
6 Formula Factors 9<br />
7 Standards Fund – Take-up <strong>of</strong> grants 13<br />
8 Standards Fund – Distributional issues 14<br />
9 Data in the Draft Budgets 14<br />
10 Timetable 15<br />
Appendix 1 Outcomes from the Schools Forum’s consideration <strong>of</strong> 16<br />
Consultation Paper (No 1) and <strong>of</strong>ficer comment.<br />
Appendix 2 Composition <strong>of</strong> the Schools Budget 2003/04 19<br />
Annexes on School Draft budgets are circulated separately.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 24
1. Introduction<br />
1.1 This is the second <strong>of</strong> two consultation rounds on the Fair Funding<br />
arrangements for 2004/05. In the first round, Schools Forum considered the 7<br />
questions posed by the LEA on the arrangements for 2004/05. This second<br />
consultation paper draws on the outcomes <strong>of</strong> the first to make firm proposals<br />
for Fair Funding for 2004/05. It also provides an update on the overall<br />
financial position. Annexes to this paper with draft budget information are<br />
being circulated to schools separately.<br />
2. Consultation issues<br />
2.1 The LEA is consulting the Schools Forum and individual schools on<br />
the following matters:<br />
a) Distribution <strong>of</strong> funding. Officers propose to recommend to Cabinet<br />
to distribute to primary schools the whole <strong>of</strong> any uncommitted<br />
funding that is available within the Schools Budget (ie any amounts<br />
beyond the Minimum Funding Guarantee and any commitments for<br />
SEN and other budgets)<br />
b) The operation <strong>of</strong> the Minimum Funding Guarantee (MFG) for<br />
2004/05. In particular, proposals to omit three factors from the<br />
calculations: SEN proxy, Specialist Resourced Provision and<br />
Closing Schools.<br />
c) Changes to the Fair Funding Formula for 2004/05. The following is a<br />
list <strong>of</strong> the proposed or possible changes for 2004/05:<br />
Primary<br />
• Increased weighting for social deprivation and turnover<br />
factors:<br />
• The use <strong>of</strong> Key Stage 1 data instead <strong>of</strong> baseline data for<br />
Foundation and Key Stage 1 pupils for Non-Statemented<br />
SEN funding and some changes to weightings.<br />
• Revisions to the proxy factor for high incidence SEN,<br />
• Introduction <strong>of</strong> a factor providing minimum protection<br />
for primary schools.<br />
Secondary<br />
• The introduction <strong>of</strong> a closing schools factor to allow for<br />
the arrangements associated with the closure <strong>of</strong> Evelyns<br />
Community School.<br />
• The introduction <strong>of</strong> a minimum level <strong>of</strong> funding through<br />
the proxy factor for high incidence SEN,<br />
• Introduction <strong>of</strong> a factor providing minimum protection<br />
for secondary schools.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 25
Special<br />
• Introduction <strong>of</strong> a factor providing minimum protection<br />
for special schools.<br />
Nursery<br />
• Introduction <strong>of</strong> a formal delegated budget for McMillan<br />
Nursery, as a maintained nursery school.<br />
• The introduction <strong>of</strong> a place factor, nursery factor and<br />
nursery school factor for the first year as the basis <strong>of</strong><br />
allocating that delegated budget.<br />
d) Standards Fund take-up. The whole <strong>of</strong> the Advanced Skills Teachers<br />
grant is to be taken up on the basis that each school with an AST<br />
makes a voluntary contribution to create the matched funding. Also,<br />
within the School Development Grant the LEA proposes to retain<br />
certain elements as agreed by Schools Forum.<br />
e) Standards Fund distribution mechanisms. For the School<br />
Development Grant to allocate any excess beyond the minimum<br />
entitlement for each school on the basis <strong>of</strong> PLASC January 2004<br />
pupil numbers.<br />
f) Data used in the formula. Each school is asked to consider the data<br />
used in the formula and advise the School Finance Team <strong>of</strong><br />
instances where errors or omissions appear to have occurred.<br />
3. Feedback from Consultation (No 1).<br />
3.1 The Schools Forum considered the responses to the consultation paper<br />
and their views (as recorded in the draft minutes) are set out in Appendix 1.<br />
The rest <strong>of</strong> this paper sets out information regarding an updated position.<br />
4. Overall financial position<br />
4.1 The analysis in the December 2003 consultation paper identified that<br />
there was estimated to be £1.2m <strong>of</strong> unearmarked funding available within a<br />
passported Schools Budget for 2004/05. A number <strong>of</strong> items have changed in<br />
the preparation <strong>of</strong> detailed budgets (eg the calculation <strong>of</strong> minimum budgets<br />
using PLASC data for 2004 and some <strong>of</strong> the provisions for special needs<br />
budgets, in particular, have proven to be too prudent (ie we set aside too<br />
much). The amount <strong>of</strong> unearmarked funding available within a passported<br />
Schools Budget for 2004/05 is now in the region <strong>of</strong> £2.9m.<br />
4.2 Nonetheless, the Council is facing difficult choices in setting the overall<br />
budget for 2004/05 and it is still far from certain whether Members will be able<br />
to afford any growth beyond the minimum passporting requirement. Indeed,<br />
in some scenarios it might prove difficult for Members to even meet the<br />
passporting requirement. Before any final decisions are taken the Cabinet are<br />
due to issue a revised consultation on the Council’s budget at its meeting on<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 26
Thursday 12 th February 2004. Schools Forum has already made it clear what<br />
its views are on the level <strong>of</strong> school budgets, but Forum may wish to comment<br />
further. The Cabinet will meet again on Thursday 26 th February 2004 to<br />
recommend a budget to the full Council, which will meet later that evening to<br />
make final decisions.<br />
4.3 Budgets for schools overall will be considered at Cabinet on 4 th March<br />
2004, where the final arrangements for Fair Funding for 2004/05 and the<br />
allocation <strong>of</strong> the available funding for distribution will be agreed.<br />
4.4 The latest calculation <strong>of</strong> the amount to be passported for 2004/05 is set<br />
out in Table 1.<br />
Table 1: Calculation <strong>of</strong> passporting total 2004/05<br />
Schools Budget 2003/04, as per Section 52<br />
Statement Table 1 line 1.7<br />
£136.079m<br />
The increase in the FSS for schools<br />
+£8.431m<br />
The increase in the Excellence in Cities grant<br />
+£0.059m<br />
The increase in LSC grant for Post 16<br />
+£1.230m<br />
Target total to meet passporting requirement<br />
2004/05 £145.799m<br />
4.5 The detailed review <strong>of</strong> commitments and the preparation <strong>of</strong> detailed draft<br />
budgets has identified some changes to the overall financial position. To<br />
provide a passported budget, the Schools Budget is currently estimated to<br />
have £2.896m uncommitted (as set out in Table 2). This figure will fluctuate if<br />
the data changes within the draft schools budgets (eg any changes in pupil<br />
numbers will directly impact on the Minimum Funding Guarantee)<br />
Table 2: Consideration <strong>of</strong> commitments for 2004/05<br />
Devolved Retained Total<br />
2003/04 Section 52 125,454,541 10,624,459 136,079,000<br />
Minimum 4% budget increases and natural<br />
inflation on retained budgets 5,210,309 273,513 5,483,822<br />
Increases in LSC funding 1,139,649 90,205 1,229,854<br />
Changes to SEN (estimated) 0 (35,217) (35,217)<br />
Changes to Standards Funds (145,859) 0 (145,859)<br />
Final tranche <strong>of</strong> funding for 3 Year Olds 70,000 70,000<br />
EiC increase 59,000 0 59,000<br />
Budget pressure in Early Years Centres 173,000 173,000<br />
Windfall arising from Evelyns City Academy 500,000 500,000<br />
Remainder to schools 2,386,253 2,386,253<br />
Total 2004/05 (current DfES control total) 134,603,894 11,195,960 145,799,854<br />
4.6 The first consultation paper asked whether it was appropriate for the LEA<br />
to increase the retained element <strong>of</strong> the Schools Budget by more than the<br />
devolved element <strong>of</strong> the Schools Budget. The clear answer from schools was<br />
no. Some <strong>of</strong> the figures have changed, in particular the detailed estimates for<br />
SEN and for Early Years. The calculation in Table 3 identifies that the<br />
increase in retained budgets would be less than that for devolved budgets.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 27
Given that increases attributable to matched funding for the Standards Fund<br />
and Early Years do not count against the excess, it does not appear that this<br />
is now a problem. Appendix 2 identifies what the components <strong>of</strong> the retained<br />
element <strong>of</strong> the Schools Budget are.<br />
Table 3: Calculation <strong>of</strong> devolved v retained budget increases.<br />
Devolved Retained Total<br />
Budgets 2003/04 125,454,541 10,624,459 136,079,000<br />
less LSC devolved funding -11,575,000 -1,293,000 (12,868,000)<br />
Less DfES adjustment for new City<br />
Academy -947,678 0 (947,678)<br />
Revised budget 2003/04 112,931,863 9,331,459 122,263,322<br />
Forecast budgets 2004/05 134,603,894 11,195,960 145,799,854<br />
less LSC devolved funding (12,714,469) (1,383,205) (14,097,674)<br />
Revised forecast budget 2004/05 121,889,425 9,812,755 131,702,180<br />
Increase 7.93% 5.16% 7.72%<br />
4.7 Levels <strong>of</strong> funding for sectors have not been determined, as final decisions<br />
are yet to be made. Draft budgets are set out in the annexes relevant to<br />
individual sectors. The introduction <strong>of</strong> the Minimum Funding Guarantee<br />
overrides the formula in most cases where levels <strong>of</strong> funding overall are below,<br />
at or just above the overall level <strong>of</strong> the MFG. As funding increases, fewer<br />
schools are funded by the MFG and more by the formula. This <strong>of</strong> course<br />
means that, for some schools, additional funding might not produce any<br />
additional funding for their school and this ought to be borne in mind<br />
when setting budgets.<br />
4.8 The Schools Forum at it meeting on 22 nd January 2004 advised Cabinet<br />
that the per pupil funding position for each sector for 2004/05 should be at the<br />
Outer <strong>London</strong> mean and that for future years Cabinet should increase beyond<br />
that to reflect the higher costs in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> schools. Primary schools are at<br />
the lower end <strong>of</strong> the Outer <strong>London</strong> mean, whereas secondary schools are<br />
broadly at the Outer <strong>London</strong> mean. The implication <strong>of</strong> the Schools Forum<br />
resolution is that any funding that is available for 2004/05 should be<br />
allocated to primary schools. Officers intend to recommend to Cabinet<br />
that this happen.<br />
4.9 So, for primary schools, indicative levels <strong>of</strong> funding have been given in<br />
increments <strong>of</strong> £0.5m up to £2.5m beyond the MFG level to assist schools in<br />
understanding how their budget is likely to be affected by different levels <strong>of</strong><br />
increase to the primary sector.<br />
4.10 Funding for special educational needs in mainstream schools is<br />
critically important and further work has been done to establish the<br />
appropriate level <strong>of</strong> support required for 2004/05. Table 4 sets out what the<br />
original assumptions were for assessing the appropriate level <strong>of</strong> funding for<br />
the proxy factor for 2003/04.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 28
Table 4: Funding levels for proxy high incidence SEN factor 2003/04<br />
Original 2003/04 Primary Secondary Total<br />
New statements 280,000 70,000 350,000<br />
Year 7s (7/12ths) 105,000 105,000<br />
280,000 175,000 455,000<br />
4.11 In reviewing the requirements for 2004/05, <strong>of</strong>ficers considered the<br />
average number <strong>of</strong> new high incidence statements agreed in the three years<br />
prior to 1 st April 2003. Account was taken <strong>of</strong>:<br />
• the proportion <strong>of</strong> statements which previously would have been<br />
regarded as high incidence, but for 2004/05 will be included in the low<br />
incidence category.<br />
• the average value <strong>of</strong> a high incidence statement, based on the funding<br />
for those statements which continue to be funded on a per pupil basis;<br />
and<br />
• the actual Year 6 pupils moving to Year 7 in a mainstream school (not<br />
SRP) for both September 2003 and September 2004.<br />
4.12 Table 5 sets out the calculations for 2004/05. Within these totals, there<br />
are half a dozen or so pupils in Year 6, moving to Year 7 in September 2004<br />
and in the current Year 7, where their “high incidence” statement would qualify<br />
as low incidence under the statementing criteria for 2004/05. Individual<br />
schools will be consulted on the appropriateness <strong>of</strong> this for the individual<br />
pupils. When these details are finalised the funding for the proxy factor will be<br />
reduced and the amount for the individual statemented pupil funding for low<br />
incidence statements will be increased.<br />
Table 5: Calculation <strong>of</strong> funding needed for high incidence SEN proxy 2004/05<br />
New 2004/05 Primary Secondary Total<br />
Full-year effect <strong>of</strong> 2003/04 new statements 578,269 111,923 690,192<br />
Provision for new statements 2004/05 289,135 55,962 345,096<br />
Full-year effect <strong>of</strong> 2003/04 Year 7s 200,000 200,000<br />
Provision for new Year 7s (7/12ths) 130,000 130,000<br />
Uprated to 2004/05 prices (+4%) 34,696 19,915 54,612<br />
902,100 517,800 1,419,900<br />
4.13 Within the Schools Budget the funding for high and low incidence SEN<br />
and statemented pupils is summarised in Table 6. Funding for special needs<br />
continues to increase significantly faster than the rate <strong>of</strong> inflation. What Table<br />
6 demonstrates is that there are more resources available to all schools to<br />
deal with special needs. It is hoped that these significant increases will allay<br />
some <strong>of</strong> the fears that many heads had about the pattern <strong>of</strong> funding for the<br />
proxy SEN factor in particular. Moreover, <strong>of</strong>ficers would hope that schools<br />
can use their resource for the needs in their own schools, as well as perhaps<br />
in clusters or in learning partnerships, if the levels <strong>of</strong> funding are considered to<br />
be worth pooling.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 29
Table 6: Comparison <strong>of</strong> schools SEN funding 2003/04 v 2004/05<br />
Component<br />
Section 52<br />
2003/04<br />
Draft<br />
2004/05 Difference<br />
High incidence protected per pupil 2,346,242 1,952,069 -394,173<br />
High incidence proxy SEN 455,000 1,419,900 964,900<br />
Low incidence SEN 1,262,758 1,567,666 304,908<br />
Specialist Resourced Provision 1,029,966 1,411,747 381,781<br />
Special Schools 6,304,268 6,556,888 252,620<br />
TOTAL 11,398,234 12,908,270 1,510,036<br />
5. Minimum Funding Guarantee<br />
5.1 The minimum funding guarantee includes the Section 52 budget for<br />
2003/04 for each school, including any Additional Budget Support Grant for<br />
2003/04 (<strong>of</strong> which there was none for <strong>Hillingdon</strong> in 2003/04) and excludes:<br />
• class size funding<br />
• rates funding<br />
• prior year adjustments<br />
• funding with respect to individual named pupils (eg high incidence<br />
protected or low incidence per pupil funding)<br />
• newly qualified teachers funding.<br />
5.2 LEAs may apply to the DfES for permission to exclude other factors from<br />
the calculation where the inclusion <strong>of</strong> them might cause difficulties locally.<br />
Officers have identified three areas where it is believed that it would be more<br />
practical to exclude them, than leave them in the calculations for the Minimum<br />
Funding Guarantee. These are:<br />
• Proxy SEN factor for pupils with high incidence SEN;<br />
• Factors used to distribute funding for Specialist Resourced Provision;<br />
and<br />
• Funding for the proposed new factor for “Closing Schools” in the<br />
secondary sector (which is only proposed for one year to take account<br />
<strong>of</strong> the arrangements for the closure <strong>of</strong> Evelyns Community School).<br />
5.3 If the two special needs elements above were included in the MFG<br />
calculations, any increase in these would be netted <strong>of</strong>f against any reductions<br />
elsewhere in the formula and the school would stand a chance <strong>of</strong> not seeing<br />
any benefit <strong>of</strong> the additional SEN resource. Excluding the funding from the<br />
MFG avoids this circumstance arising.<br />
5.4 For the third item on closing schools, schools will recall that this is a<br />
proposed new factor to take account <strong>of</strong> the large deficit which falls to the LEA<br />
when Evelyns closes at the end <strong>of</strong> August 2004 and Stockley Academy<br />
opens. The funding is available for this in the one-<strong>of</strong>f windfall arising with the<br />
FSS for 2004/05, which will also allow £0.5m <strong>of</strong> additional growth for other<br />
schools that otherwise would not exist. Nonetheless, the technicalities <strong>of</strong><br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 30
dealing with the deficit are such that it is more practical to have it as a formula<br />
factor for one year, rather than retain the funding in an expanded contingency<br />
fund. To include it in the MFG calculations would not be comparing like-withlike.<br />
Given that it is a one-<strong>of</strong>f adjustment, it seems more straightforward to<br />
keep it outside the MFG calculations.<br />
6. Formula Factors<br />
Primary<br />
6.1 The LEA proposes to make four changes to the arrangements for the<br />
primary formula for 2004/05.<br />
a) Increased weighting for social deprivation factor. Consistent with<br />
proposals set out in consultation for 2003/04, the LEA proposes to<br />
continue to increase the amount <strong>of</strong> funding distributed through the<br />
social deprivation factor by 1% a year to reach the proportion <strong>of</strong> the<br />
FSS for Primary which is distributed on Additional Educational Needs<br />
indices (8.4% for 2004/05). For 2003/04 6.4% <strong>of</strong> the net budget for<br />
primary schools (ie excluding statemented pupil funding and<br />
Standards Fund grants) was distributed on social deprivation indices.<br />
The MFG distorts the amount being distributed on social deprivation<br />
and other factors, if the level <strong>of</strong> funding overall is less than, at or (for<br />
some schools) moderately more than the level <strong>of</strong> the MFG.<br />
Nonetheless, the weightings for the social deprivation factor will be<br />
increased by 61% (all other things being equal, this would increase the<br />
2003/04 allocations from £0.676m to £1.088m) and the weightings for<br />
the turnover factor will be increased by 100% (all other things being<br />
equal, this would increase the 2003/04 allocations from £0.150m to<br />
£0.300m).<br />
b) Replacement <strong>of</strong> baseline data for Foundation and Key Stage 1 pupils<br />
for Non-Statemented SEN funding with the use <strong>of</strong> the last four year’s<br />
Key Stage 1 data where pupils have not attained level 2c in Reading.<br />
The weightings for Foundation / Key Stage 1 to be 0.83, compared to<br />
1.0 for Key Stage 2 pupils.<br />
The methodology for 2004/05 will be:<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 31
Table 7: Basis <strong>of</strong> distributing Non-Statemented SEN funding 2004/05<br />
Nursery, Data source: Key stage 1 Reading test data.<br />
Reception, Calculation: number <strong>of</strong> pupils not achieving 2C or below in the last<br />
Years 1 and 2 four years.<br />
Weighting: 0.83 (ie the sum <strong>of</strong> Nursery (0.5), Reception (0.83),<br />
Year 1 (1.0) and Year 2 (1.0), divided by 4)<br />
Years 3 to 6 Data source: Key stage 1 Reading test data<br />
Calculation: number <strong>of</strong> current pupils not achieving 2C or below<br />
Weighting: 1.0 (ie the sum <strong>of</strong> Year 3 (1.0), Year 4 (1.0), Year 5<br />
(1.0) and Year 6 (1.0), divided by 4)<br />
Discussions with primary colleagues led to a debate about the most<br />
appropriate set <strong>of</strong> KS1 data to use for the SEN factors. There was<br />
some debate about whether KS1 Writing, Reading or Maths should be<br />
used. The proposals all use Reading, which is similar to the<br />
arrangements for secondary schools, which use an NFER reading test.<br />
c) Revision to the proxy factor for high incidence SEN, such that 90%<br />
<strong>of</strong> the funding be distributed on the same Key Stage 1 data as in the<br />
Non-Statemented SEN factor above, but that Nursery, Reception and<br />
Year 1 pupils be given a supplementary weighting <strong>of</strong> 1.5, to mirror the<br />
arrangements in the per pupil allocations for pupils with statements.<br />
Table 8: Basis <strong>of</strong> distributing Proxy High Incidence SEN funding 2004/05<br />
Nursery, Data source: Key stage 1 Reading test data.<br />
Reception, Calculation: number <strong>of</strong> pupils not achieving 2C or below in the last<br />
Years 1 and 2 four years.<br />
Weighting: Nursery (0.75), Reception (1.25), Year 1 (1.5) and<br />
Year 2 (1.0)<br />
Years 3 to 6 Data source: Key stage 1 Reading test data<br />
Calculation: number <strong>of</strong> current pupils not achieving 2C or below<br />
Weighting: Year 3 (1.0), Year 4 (1.0), Year 5 (1.0) and Year 6<br />
(1.0)<br />
The remaining 10% <strong>of</strong> the funding to be distributed on the basis <strong>of</strong> the<br />
number <strong>of</strong> pupils eligible for Free School Meals. That number to be<br />
calculated on the basis <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> pupils in Reception to Year 6<br />
eligible for free school meals on January 2004 PLASC day, divided by<br />
the number <strong>of</strong> Reception to Year 6s pupils on that day, multiplied by<br />
the number <strong>of</strong> full-time equivalent pupils enrolled at the school on that<br />
day.<br />
A minimum level <strong>of</strong> funding be introduced for the proxy factor for<br />
high incidence SEN, representing the 2003/04 allocation plus 4%.<br />
d) Introduction <strong>of</strong> a factor providing minimum protection for primary<br />
schools. This factor is necessary to allow the Minimum Funding<br />
Guarantee (MFG) to operate. Schools are entitled to the higher <strong>of</strong> the<br />
formula allocation (for the comparable factors) and the MFG.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 32
6.2 Some primary schools raised the issue <strong>of</strong> reverting to the historic<br />
approach to funding Newly Qualified Teachers, with updates <strong>of</strong> funding each<br />
month for any changes to the numbers <strong>of</strong> teachers. It is not proposed to<br />
revert to this method as it would run counter to the principles <strong>of</strong> having as<br />
much funding as possible in schools’ budgets on 1 st April and <strong>of</strong> encouraging<br />
schools as much as possible to consider their revenue budget as a single<br />
resource, rather than individual components.<br />
6.3 Discussions with primary colleagues led to a brief consideration <strong>of</strong> the<br />
possible use <strong>of</strong> ACORN data, instead <strong>of</strong> free school meals eligibility data for<br />
the high incidence SEN proxy factor for 2004/05. Officers did not have<br />
sufficient information available in time to use them for 2004/05, but would<br />
expect this to be considered carefully for use in future years.<br />
6.4 The Primary Forum response to the first consultation paper noted the<br />
outcomes <strong>of</strong> the work <strong>of</strong> the Foundation Stage Working Group and asked that<br />
the LEA set out its intentions on this and the arrangements for SEN proxy<br />
factors, such that schools and the LEA are clear <strong>of</strong> the direction <strong>of</strong> travel by<br />
September 2004. Officers are working on a timetable and this will be<br />
discussed through the Strategic Advisory Groups.<br />
Secondary<br />
6.5 There are three proposed changes for the secondary school formula:<br />
a) The introduction <strong>of</strong> a closing schools factor to allow for the<br />
arrangements associated with the closure <strong>of</strong> Evelyns Community<br />
School and the opening <strong>of</strong> Stockley Academy at the end <strong>of</strong> August<br />
2004. This would be a lump sum for every school due to close before<br />
1 st September 2004. This is the mechanism preferred by <strong>of</strong>ficers to<br />
deal with the deficit at Evelyns. As set out earlier in this paper the<br />
funding is available for this in the one-<strong>of</strong>f windfall arising with the FSS<br />
for 2004/05, which will also allow £0.5m <strong>of</strong> additional growth for other<br />
schools that otherwise would not exist. The alternative is to provide<br />
for the deficit in the contingency fund.<br />
b) The introduction <strong>of</strong> a minimum level <strong>of</strong> funding through the proxy<br />
factor for high incidence SEN, representing the numbers <strong>of</strong> pupils in<br />
Year 7 in January 2004 with high incidence statements (according to<br />
2004/05 statementing criteria) multiplied by 1.583 (ie one year and 7<br />
months), multiplied by half <strong>of</strong> the average value <strong>of</strong> a high incidence<br />
statement. This responds to the concerns <strong>of</strong> some schools where<br />
they were admitting pupils with high incidence statements, but their<br />
level <strong>of</strong> funding was significantly less than previously.<br />
c) Introduction <strong>of</strong> a factor providing minimum protection for secondary<br />
schools. This factor is necessary to allow the Minimum Funding<br />
Guarantee to operate.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 33
6.6 The <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Association <strong>of</strong> Secondary Headteachers asked that two<br />
changes be made to the funding formula for 2004/05.<br />
6.7 The first was that the OFSTED Free School Meal bands be used<br />
instead <strong>of</strong> the average Free School Meal eligibility for the social deprivation<br />
factor. Officers have no problem in principle with this alternative approach<br />
and would be prepared to consult separately on this change. Unfortunately,<br />
there has not been the opportunity for further discussion on how this change<br />
might work, so no alternative models have been developed. If secondary<br />
schools are funded at or very close to the MFG, any change in the social<br />
deprivation factor is likely to be cosmetic (ie most schools would continue to<br />
be funded at the MFG level). Regrettably, there is little time to develop<br />
models at this stage and it may be best to consider the use <strong>of</strong> OFSTED FSM<br />
bands alongside the ACORN data for 2005/06 and beyond.<br />
6.8 The second was that the fixed factor should be reduced in 2004/05 to<br />
80% <strong>of</strong> the absolute value <strong>of</strong> that factor for 2003/04, then to 50% <strong>of</strong> the<br />
absolute 2003/04 value for 2005/06 and for the factor to disappear completely<br />
in 2006/07. This proposal was put forward with no explanation as to the<br />
reasoning behind it and it was acknowledged that the proposal had not yet<br />
been formally endorsed by HASH at their meeting in January 2004. No<br />
further information has been provided about either the status <strong>of</strong> or the<br />
rationale for such a change.<br />
6.9 Officers would have concerns about a proposal which removed protection<br />
for the smallest secondary schools without some analysis <strong>of</strong> the impact that it<br />
would have, the reasoning behind it and the evidence that demonstrated the<br />
reasonableness <strong>of</strong> funding a school <strong>of</strong> 1,700 and a school <strong>of</strong> 450 with no<br />
account taken <strong>of</strong> the different proportions <strong>of</strong> fixed to variable costs. If<br />
secondary schools believe that this, collectively, is appropriate in principle,<br />
this ought to be considered in more detail for 2005/06. The MFG may prove<br />
to be a barrier to introducing a phased withdrawal <strong>of</strong> this factor as the impact<br />
<strong>of</strong> it may not be experienced by schools in the way that the initial phasing<br />
intended.<br />
Special<br />
6.10 The only proposal is to introduce a factor providing minimum<br />
protection for special schools. This factor is necessary to allow the Minimum<br />
Funding Guarantee to operate.<br />
Nursery<br />
6.11 It is a requirement that the Governing Bodies <strong>of</strong> maintained nursery<br />
schools are consulted on two issues for the first time for April 2004.<br />
6.12 The first is the determination <strong>of</strong> a delegated budget for the school<br />
within the Fair Funding scheme. Currently, maintained nursery schools (ie<br />
McMillan Nursery in the case <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong>) are not part <strong>of</strong> Fair Funding.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 34
6.13 The second is to introduce a formula for the school. It is proposed<br />
that the place factors and nursery factor for McMillan be the same as those for<br />
similar sized nursery classes in maintained primary and infant schools, and<br />
that a lump sum factor be added to recognise the responsibilities <strong>of</strong> a<br />
separate infant school.<br />
7. Standards Funds – Take up <strong>of</strong> grants<br />
Advanced Skills Teachers<br />
7.1 Schools Forum recommended that schools with Advanced Skills<br />
Teachers be invited to make a voluntary contribution to the matched funding<br />
for the Standards Fund for 2004/05. They recommended that, should a single<br />
school in a sector choose not to buy back, that the grant not be taken up at all<br />
for that sector. It is proposed to adopt this method for funding ASTs for<br />
2004/05.<br />
School Development Grant<br />
7.4 The proposals for the split between the retained and devolved amounts <strong>of</strong><br />
the Schools Development Grant are to be consistent with the<br />
recommendations <strong>of</strong> Schools Forum. Of the £0.416m which the LEA wished<br />
to retain for a range <strong>of</strong> on-going SEN initiatives, £35k for the Schools SEN<br />
Training Programme is to be devolved to schools. Of the £93k for the support<br />
staff training and development component, funding is to be retained for<br />
primary schools, but devolved for secondary and special schools.<br />
8. Standards Funds – distribution issues<br />
8.1 Standards Funds will be distributed on the basis required by the DfES in<br />
the first instance (eg where a minimum level <strong>of</strong> budget must be provided) or,<br />
in the absence <strong>of</strong> that, on the basis used in 2003/04.<br />
8.2 For that part <strong>of</strong> the School Development Grant in excess <strong>of</strong> the<br />
minimum required, this will be distributed on the basis <strong>of</strong> the PLASC January<br />
2004 full-time equivalent pupil numbers.<br />
9. Data in the draft budgets<br />
9.1 Schools are invited to check the data used for their school and to alert the<br />
School Finance Team <strong>of</strong> any errors or omissions. There are some aspects to<br />
the data to which schools need to pay particular attention:<br />
a) Nursery sizes. Where there is evidence <strong>of</strong> a significant variation<br />
between the actual number <strong>of</strong> pupils enrolled for a nursery class and<br />
the number <strong>of</strong> places for which that nursery is funded, the LEA will<br />
propose to increase or decrease the size <strong>of</strong> the funding. The schools<br />
identified below are ones where <strong>of</strong>ficers have identified such<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 35
variances and this consultation paper is the mechanism being used to<br />
both alert those schools <strong>of</strong> the proposed change and to consult them<br />
on their views, prior to a final decision being taken.<br />
Table 9: Schools where nursery funding is proposed to change.<br />
School Current Place<br />
Size<br />
Proposed<br />
place size<br />
September<br />
2004<br />
Likely change in<br />
funding in a full<br />
year<br />
(decease)/increase<br />
Belmore 45 fte places 40 fte places (£28,062)<br />
Bourne 20 fte places 15 fte places (£2,097)<br />
Charville 45 fte places 35 fte places (£30,161)<br />
Field End Infant 50 fte places 60 fte places £12,887<br />
Glebe 20 fte places 15 fte places (£2,097)<br />
Guru Nanak Primary 15 fte places - (£58,193)<br />
Hermitage 20 fte places 15 fte places (£2,097)<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> 35 fte places 30 fte places (£19,410)<br />
Rabbsfarm 20 fte places 25 fte places £2,099<br />
St Bernadettes 30 fte places 25 fte places (£2,097)<br />
b) Per pupil statemented allocations. Schools are asked to consider<br />
these carefully and to identify any instances where pupils are no<br />
longer at the school or where the category or year group is not<br />
appropriate. Please alert the Special Needs Team if you have any<br />
queries on this matter.<br />
c) Post 16 Funding. The figures in the draft for secondary schools<br />
reflect those provided by the Learning and Skills Council. There is<br />
certainly a query regarding the information provided for Evelyns<br />
School, but other schools may have other issues. Discussions with<br />
the LSC directly may resolve any queries, otherwise contact the<br />
School Finance Team.<br />
d) Ethnic Minority Achievement Grant. The revised data from PLASC<br />
2004 is not yet available. Illustrations will be despatched to schools<br />
shortly.<br />
e) Minimum Funding Guarantee. Schools are asked to consider the<br />
calculation here very carefully as in many cases it is this calculation<br />
which will drive the level <strong>of</strong> the budget, rather than some <strong>of</strong> the other<br />
components <strong>of</strong> the pure formula.<br />
f) Key Stage 1 attainment data. Key Stage 1 data is to be used as a<br />
proxy for Foundation / Key Stage 1 pupils in infant / primary schools,<br />
as well as for Key Stage 2 pupils in junior / primary schools.<br />
For infant / primary schools the data should reflect the scores <strong>of</strong> the<br />
pupils who sat the tests when they were in that school over the last<br />
four years. That is what the draft budgets reflect.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 36
For junior / primary schools the data should reflect the scores <strong>of</strong> the<br />
pupils who are currently in Key Stage 2. Currently, the draft budgets<br />
reflect the scores <strong>of</strong> the pupils who attended the school in the year<br />
immediately following the one they took the test. The final budgets<br />
will update the data to reflect the pupil pr<strong>of</strong>ile now. This is only likely<br />
to result in significant change where the pupil pr<strong>of</strong>ile is radically<br />
different to the one previously, due to pupil turnover.<br />
10. Timetable<br />
10.1 Timescales are short, but the issues have been considered previously<br />
by schools in the first consultation paper. Formal consultation responses are<br />
due by noon on Wednesday 25 th February 2004. This is so that the Schools<br />
Forum papers can be prepared and despatched in time for their meeting on<br />
3 rd March 2004. Schools may wish to convey key issues to their Schools<br />
Forum representatives.<br />
10.2 Officers will be attending the LEA headteachers meeting on 1 st March<br />
2004 and will discuss issues arising from this paper. Council will agree final<br />
budgets for all services at its meeting on 26 th February 2004.<br />
10.3 Cabinet will consider the arrangements for Fair Funding for 2004/05 and<br />
the allocation <strong>of</strong> budgets within the Schools Budget at its meeting on 4 th<br />
March 2004. The views <strong>of</strong> Schools Forum will be reported to Cabinet before<br />
they make final decisions.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 37
Appendix 1<br />
Extract from Draft Minutes <strong>of</strong> Schools Forum (22 nd January 2004), where<br />
they considered the issues raised in Consultation Paper (No1). Officer<br />
comments have been added in parenthesis.<br />
1. Are there any observations on the way in which it is proposed that minimum<br />
budgets for schools be calculated?<br />
No problems were identified at this stage.<br />
(Officers have identified modifications to the operation <strong>of</strong> the MFG which are<br />
the subject <strong>of</strong> consultation in this paper).<br />
2. What advice would schools give the LEA in determining priorities for the<br />
allocation <strong>of</strong> any growth which might exist within the available funding,<br />
beyond unavoidable commitments and other earmarked sums?<br />
Schools Forum endorsed the views <strong>of</strong> Primary Forum and <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Association <strong>of</strong> Secondary Headteachers that they were deeply concerned at<br />
the lack <strong>of</strong> movement to close the £1.2m gap between the Formula Spending<br />
Share and the Schools Budget.<br />
Schools Forum agreed that Cabinet be reminded that, at the Schools Forum<br />
meeting in February 2003, they asked that: “Cabinet gives a commitment<br />
to fund schools at the level <strong>of</strong> the FSS within three years”. Given that a<br />
year has passed, they would now expect the gap to be closed within two<br />
years. They strongly recommended that the £1.1m growth be included in<br />
this year’s budget as the first step in addressing parity with FSS by 2005/06.<br />
In considering the priorities for the estimated £1.2m headroom in the Schools<br />
Budget for 2004/05, Schools Forum agreed by 9 votes to 0, with 3<br />
abstentions, that:<br />
“Forum advises Cabinet that the per pupil funding position for each<br />
sector for 2004/05 should be at the Outer <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> mean and<br />
that for future years Cabinet should increase beyond that to reflect the<br />
higher costs in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> schools."<br />
It was recommended that any growth be distributed through age-weighted<br />
pupil factors.<br />
Schools Forum confirmed that they want <strong>of</strong>ficers to seek a dispassionate<br />
view <strong>of</strong> the report prepared by primary colleagues on the relative funding for<br />
primary and secondary schools in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>, compared to other outer<br />
<strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong>s. David Tully is to deal with this and report back.<br />
(Officers intend to recommend to Members that the whole <strong>of</strong> any available<br />
growth for 2004/05 go to Primary Schools).<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 38
3. The current calculations <strong>of</strong> the amount <strong>of</strong> funding likely to go to retained and<br />
devolved budgets within the Schools Budgets suggests that the retained<br />
element might increase by 1.2% more than the devolved element. If this<br />
situation were not to change, what would schools views be <strong>of</strong> the LEA<br />
applying to the Secretary <strong>of</strong> State for permission to increase retained<br />
elements in the Schools Budget by this amount in excess <strong>of</strong> the increase in<br />
the devolved elements in the Schools Budget?<br />
Schools Forum did not support the increase in retained elements <strong>of</strong> more<br />
than the increase in devolved elements within the Schools Budget. Members<br />
asked for further details <strong>of</strong> the components <strong>of</strong> the Schools Budget.<br />
(Officers indicate in the paper that this is no longer an issue.)<br />
4. All LEAs have access to a Universal Support Grant to assist schools in<br />
difficult financial circumstances. The grant is essentially an advance on the<br />
LEA’s funding for 2005/06. What are schools views on the principle <strong>of</strong><br />
accessing this grant at all? And, if there is no objection in principle to<br />
accessing the grant, what advice would schools wish to give the LEA on the<br />
circumstances in which it might be appropriate to allocate funding from this<br />
grant to individual schools in financial difficulties?<br />
Schools Forum did not support the LEA’s access to the Universal Support<br />
Grant.<br />
(Officers do not intend to take up the Universal Support Grant)<br />
5. What are schools views on the need for any changes to formula factors for<br />
2004/05? In particular, what aspects <strong>of</strong> the proxy based high incidence SEN<br />
funding arrangements need to change for 2004/05?<br />
Schools Forum supported the conclusions reached by Resources SAG the<br />
previous day on the issues <strong>of</strong> SEN funding. The Resources SAG outcomes<br />
had been reported as follows:<br />
“It was felt by Resources SAG that much more time needed to be invested by<br />
LEA <strong>of</strong>ficers on this issue. They felt that major changes could not take place<br />
for 2004/05, but that the LEA still had to put forward a firm proposal on how<br />
the arrangements would operate for 2004/05.<br />
It was agreed that there would be an urgent meeting <strong>of</strong>fered to primary<br />
headteachers (particularly those on Resources SAG and Inclusion SAG, but<br />
open to all) to explore the issues regarding the proxy factors. The LEA was<br />
asked to produce a timetable to identify what work needed to be done, what<br />
the plan for savings in the LEA being passed to schools was, and when it<br />
would be implemented. It was expected that a firm position about the future<br />
<strong>of</strong> mainstream SEN funding be resolved by September 2004.”<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 39
(Officers have had a meeting with primary colleagues and have put forward a<br />
firm proposal for 2004/05. A timetable for dealing with issues by September<br />
2004 will be considered at the next round <strong>of</strong> Strategic Advisory Group<br />
meetings. Consultation Paper (No 2) deals with proposed changes to<br />
formula factors.)<br />
6. The LEA is proposing to retain two elements <strong>of</strong> the School Development<br />
Grant for 2004/05 at the level <strong>of</strong> the retained funding for 2003/04 and for the<br />
type <strong>of</strong> expenditure incurred in 2003/04. What are schools’ views on this<br />
proposal? How ought the LEA to distribute any funding beyond the minimum<br />
increase for School Development Grant?<br />
Schools Forum supported the LEA’s proposals to retain funding for: SENJIT<br />
subscription (£8k); Speech and Language therapy pilots (£220k);<br />
Occupational therapy / physiotherapy (£43k); and the projects supporting<br />
inclusion (£40k), green paper (£40k), P scales (£20k) and the SEN<br />
component <strong>of</strong> the primary literacy strategy (£10k). This totals £381k.<br />
It was asked that the funding for projects be managed by the Head <strong>of</strong><br />
Inclusion / SEN and that a report be provided next year identifying how the<br />
funding was used and how effective it had been. It was also asked that a<br />
transparent approach be adopted in advertising the availability <strong>of</strong> funding and<br />
evaluating candidate projects.<br />
Schools Forum endorsed the Resources SAG view that the £35k for Schools<br />
SEN Training be devolved and that a sector specific approach be adopted for<br />
the £93k Support Staff Training and Development (ie special and secondary<br />
devolved, primary retained).<br />
(Officers have included the Schools Forum recommendations in Consultation<br />
Paper (No 2).)<br />
7. Are there any other observations <strong>of</strong> schools on the funding arrangements<br />
for 2004/05 which they want to bring to the attention <strong>of</strong> the LEA before final<br />
proposals are shaped?<br />
Schools Forum endorsed the approach agreed by Resources SAG that<br />
schools with ASTs be invited to make a voluntary contribution to the matched<br />
cost <strong>of</strong> ASTs. A sector based approach would be adopted in that all schools<br />
with ASTs in a sector would need to agree to payback the matched cost for<br />
the grant for the sector to be taken up.<br />
(Officers have proposed this method for funding ASTs.)<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 40
Appendix 2<br />
Analysis <strong>of</strong> Schools Budget 2003/04, split between devolved and retained<br />
Devolved Retained<br />
£'000 £'000<br />
1.0.1 Individual Schools Budget 121,349 0<br />
1.0.2 School Standards Grant 0 0<br />
1.0.3 Standards Fund allocation - revenue 1,733 0<br />
1.0.4<br />
Nursery School Funding (not nursery classes in<br />
primary schools) 235 0<br />
1.1.1 Provision for pupils with statements 0 1,271<br />
1.1.2 Specialist support; pupils with statements 0 0<br />
1.1.3 Specialist support; pupils without statements 0 740<br />
1.1.4<br />
Fees for pupils at independent special schools &<br />
abroad 0 4,316<br />
1.1.5 Collaboration and integration 0 0<br />
1.1.6 Inter-authority recoupment 0 433<br />
1.2.1 Pupil Referral Units 0 50<br />
1.2.2 Behaviour Support Implementation 0 0<br />
1.2.3 Education out <strong>of</strong> school 0 34<br />
1.2.4<br />
Nursery education provided other than in maintained<br />
nursery schools/classes 0 2,385<br />
1.3.1 School Meals - nursery, primary and special schools 0 0<br />
1.3.2 Free School Meals - eligibility 0 0<br />
1.3.3 Milk 0 0<br />
1.3.4 School Kitchens - repair and maintenance 0 0<br />
1.3.5<br />
Fees to independent schools for pupils without<br />
statements 0 0<br />
1.4.1 Insurance 0 0<br />
1.4.2 Museum services 0 0<br />
1.4.3 Library Services - nursery, primary and special schools 0 130<br />
1.4.4 School admissions 0 244<br />
1.4.5<br />
Licences/subscriptions (not more than 0.2% total net<br />
SB) 0 0<br />
1.4.6 School-specific contingencies 0 69<br />
1.4.7 Miscellaneous (not more than 0.1% total net SB) 0 54<br />
1.4.8 Servicing <strong>of</strong> schools forums 0 3<br />
1.4.9 Staff costs - supply cover (not sickness) 0 82<br />
1.4.10 Supply cover - long term sickness 0 0<br />
1.5.1 Standards Fund - Non-Devolved 0 813<br />
1.5.2 Non-Standards Fund specific grant 0 0<br />
1.5.3 Specific formula grant: Excellence in Cities (EiC) 1,484 0<br />
1.5.4 Performance Reward Grant 0 0<br />
1.6.1 Capital Expenditure from Revenue (CERA) 653 0<br />
1.7.1 TOTAL SCHOOLS BUDGET 125,455 10,625<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 41
CONTROLLED DRINKING ZONES – FORMAL<br />
DESIGNATION<br />
ITEM 3<br />
Contact Officer: David Brough<br />
Telephone: 01895 250636<br />
SUMMARY<br />
This report seeks confirmation <strong>of</strong> the areas <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong> that are to be<br />
recommended to the full Council for designation for controlling the drinking <strong>of</strong><br />
alcohol.<br />
RECOMMENDATIONS<br />
1. That, subject to 2 below, the Council be recommended to exercise its<br />
powers under the provisions <strong>of</strong> the Criminal Justice and Police Act 2001<br />
(as amended) to designate the following areas as public places for the<br />
purposes <strong>of</strong> controlling the drinking <strong>of</strong> alcohol:<br />
• Hayes Town Centre (including Botwell Green)<br />
• Ruislip Town Centre (including Churchfield Gardens and Manor Farm)<br />
• Ruislip Manor (Victoria Road)<br />
• Uxbridge Town Centre (including Fassnidge Park)<br />
• <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Court Park<br />
2. That the Cabinet note the responses to public consultation received up to<br />
the date <strong>of</strong> its meeting and any further responses received before the<br />
close <strong>of</strong> consultation on 17 th March be reported to the Council meeting on<br />
25 th March.<br />
REASONS FOR OFFICER RECOMMENDATIONS<br />
The Cabinet has previously decided to support the principle <strong>of</strong> designating the<br />
places listed in recommendation 1for the purposes <strong>of</strong> controlling the drinking <strong>of</strong><br />
alcohol and it is now necessary to make a formal recommendation to the Council in<br />
the light <strong>of</strong> consultation with the Police and the public.<br />
OPTIONS AVAILABLE<br />
The Council is not obliged to set up controlled drinking zones and has the option <strong>of</strong><br />
not proceeding with any or all <strong>of</strong> the proposals depending on the outcome <strong>of</strong><br />
consultation.<br />
COMMENTS OF OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE<br />
The Corporate Services Overview and Scrutiny Committee has not asked to<br />
comment on this subject.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 42
INFORMATION<br />
1. At the Cabinet meeting on 18 th December 2003 a report was received on the<br />
possible use <strong>of</strong> the Council’s powers to designate certain areas <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong> as<br />
public places for the purposes <strong>of</strong> controlling the drinking <strong>of</strong> alcohol. The report<br />
highlighted that there were increasing problems in town centres and in a number <strong>of</strong><br />
parks and open spaces caused by the drinking <strong>of</strong> alcohol and that these could be<br />
addressed by the Police following designation <strong>of</strong> the areas concerned by the<br />
Council.<br />
2. It was noted that the Council has to consult with the Police, the public and<br />
affected licensees before designating an area. Once designated there is a power for<br />
a Constable to require a person to stop drinking and to hand over any open or<br />
unopened containers <strong>of</strong> alcohol. There is not a total ban on drinking within the area<br />
concerned and the power is to deal with people who are creating a nuisance or<br />
annoyance to others or who are involved or likely to be involved in disorder.<br />
3. It was also noted that the local Police had already expressed support in principle<br />
for the designation <strong>of</strong> areas on a trial basis and that they believed it would contribute<br />
effectively to the community safety strategy.<br />
4. In the light <strong>of</strong> this information the Cabinet made the following decisions:<br />
(1) That approval in principle be given to the designation <strong>of</strong> the following places for<br />
the purposes <strong>of</strong> controlling the drinking <strong>of</strong> alcohol under the provisions <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Criminal Justice and Police Act 2001:<br />
• Hayes Town Centre<br />
• Ruislip Town Centre ( including Churchfield Gardens and Manor Farm)<br />
• Uxbridge Town Centre<br />
• Botwell Recreation Ground Hayes<br />
• <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Court Park<br />
(2) That the designation <strong>of</strong> the selected areas be subject to the following<br />
conditions:<br />
• Confirmation by the Police and the Council’s Community Safety Team that<br />
there is sufficient evidence <strong>of</strong> alcohol-related crime and anti-social<br />
behaviour to justify this course <strong>of</strong> action and<br />
• Agreement between the Council and the Police on the boundaries <strong>of</strong> each<br />
area to be designated.<br />
• Consultation with the public and with licensees and other retailers within the<br />
proposed control zones.<br />
(3) That the responses to public consultation be reported to the Cabinet meeting on<br />
4 th March 2004 with a view to recommendations being made to the full Council<br />
on 25 th March for the formal designation <strong>of</strong> the selected areas.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 43
(4) That the operation <strong>of</strong> the zones be monitored and reviewed after 6 months’<br />
operation and, if successful, additional proposals be brought forward for the<br />
designation <strong>of</strong> further areas subject to adequate evidence and resources for<br />
implementation and enforcement.<br />
5. At the December Cabinet meeting a request was made from the Leader <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Liberal Democrat Group that Ruislip Manor should be added to the list <strong>of</strong> designated<br />
areas and the Leader <strong>of</strong> the Council agreed that this should be investigated. When<br />
considering the decisions sheet at a subsequent meeting on 15 th January 2004 it<br />
was agreed that this area should be added.<br />
6. In accordance with the second resolution set out above there has been<br />
consultation between the Council and the Police and there have also been<br />
discussions about the boundaries to be adopted so that the chances <strong>of</strong> moving<br />
problems into an adjoining area can be minimised. The outcome <strong>of</strong> these<br />
discussions is set out below and plans <strong>of</strong> the proposed areas are enclosed with this<br />
report<br />
Data from the Custody Database, CADMIS Disorder and Parks Patrol during 2003<br />
Uxbridge Town Centre (including Fassnidge Park)<br />
Custody Type Custody CADMIS Disorder CADMIS Disorder Parks Patrol<br />
Drunk and Disorderly 64 Type 34: Drunkenness 162 4<br />
Drunk in public place 10<br />
Drunk on licensed premises 8<br />
Disorderly conduct/behaviour 13 Type 26: Disturbance - public 537<br />
Total 95 699 4 798<br />
Hayes Town Centre (including Botwell Green)<br />
Drunk and Disorderly 25 Type 34: Drunkenness 9<br />
Drunk in public place 5<br />
Drunk on licensed premises 1<br />
Disorderly conduct/behaviour 1 Type 26: Disturbance - public 73<br />
Total 32 82 0 114<br />
Ruislip Town Centre (including Churchfield Gardens and Manor Farm)<br />
Drunk and Disorderly 1 Type 34: Drunkenness 2<br />
Drunk in public place 0<br />
Drunk on licensed premises 0<br />
Disorderly conduct/behaviour 1 Type 26: Disturbance - public 16<br />
Total 2 18 0 20<br />
Ruislip Manor (Victoria Road)<br />
Drunk and Disorderly 2 Type 34: Drunkenness 1<br />
Drunk in public place 0<br />
Drunk on licensed premises 0<br />
Disorderly conduct/behaviour 1 Type 26: Disturbance - public 10<br />
Total 3 11 0 14<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Court Park<br />
Drunk and Disorderly 0 Type 34: Drunkenness 0 3<br />
Drunk in public place 0<br />
Drunk on licensed premises 0<br />
Disorderly conduct/behaviour 0 Type 26: Disturbance - public 8<br />
Total 0 8 3 11<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 44
Notes:<br />
(1) Custody - gives details <strong>of</strong> people arrested by Police and in Police Custody.<br />
(2) CADMIS (Computer Aided Dispatch Management Information System) – this is<br />
information from the telephone calls that the CAD room takes from the public<br />
(e.g. 999 calls).<br />
7. The <strong>of</strong>ficial data for the selected sites is in some cases lower than might be<br />
expected. It needs to be borne in mind that these records are based on those<br />
received through the computerised system and do not include calls to local Police<br />
Community Action Team Officers. In the case <strong>of</strong> Manor Farm Ruislip there has also<br />
been a petition and many complaints to the Council about vandalism and anti-social<br />
behaviour, some <strong>of</strong> which is related to the consumption <strong>of</strong> alcohol.<br />
8. Public consultation is currently taking place on the proposals and a copy <strong>of</strong> the<br />
consultation document is attached to this report. Letters have been sent to local<br />
residents associations and other groups. The Police are arranging the distribution <strong>of</strong><br />
copies to licensees and to local residents and the Uxbridge and Hayes Town Centre<br />
Managers are using their networks to collect views <strong>of</strong> businesses and other relevant<br />
organisations<br />
9. The legislation requires that a public notice is placed in a local newspaper<br />
circulating in the district and that 28 days are given for responses. The notice<br />
appeared in the Gazette on 18 th February and as a result the consultation period will<br />
not close until 17 th March. The Cabinet will be informed <strong>of</strong> responses received by<br />
the date <strong>of</strong> its meeting and a summary <strong>of</strong> later responses will be submitted to the<br />
Council meeting on 25 th March.<br />
CORPORATE CONSULTATIONS CARRIED OUT<br />
Financial Implications<br />
10. The report to the December 2003 meeting estimated that it would cost in the<br />
region <strong>of</strong> £10,000 to carry out the public consultation and to erect signs on the<br />
boundaries <strong>of</strong> the areas to be designated. This cost will be met from within the<br />
Community Safety budget.<br />
11. There will also be resource implications for the Parks Patrol Service in enforcing<br />
the provisions within those parks that are designated and they have been fully<br />
involved in the development <strong>of</strong> the proposals.<br />
Legal implications<br />
12. The Criminal Justice and Police Act 2002 (as amended) specifies various<br />
procedural steps that the Council must take before designating an area and these<br />
are set out in the report.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 45
Other consultations<br />
13. The Green Spaces Division <strong>of</strong> the Environmental Services Group initiated the<br />
first report to the Cabinet and have been involved in the follow up work.<br />
EXTERNAL CONSULTATIONS CARRIED OUT<br />
14. The arrangements for consultations with the Police, licensees and the public are<br />
set out in the report.<br />
BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />
<strong>Report</strong> and decisions <strong>of</strong> Cabinet meeting 18 th December 2003<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 46
CONTROLLED DRINKING ZONES FOR HILLINGDON<br />
YOUR QUESTIONS ANSWERED<br />
What is being proposed?<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Council is proposing to create Controlled Drinking Zones in the following<br />
locations:<br />
• Hayes Town Centre (including Botwell Green)<br />
• Ruislip Town Centre (including Churchfield Gardens and Manor Farm)<br />
• Ruislip Manor (Victoria Road)<br />
• Uxbridge Town Centre (including Fassnidge Park)<br />
• <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Court Park<br />
What is a Controlled Drinking Zone?<br />
The Criminal Justice and Police Act 2001 (as amended) gives local Councils the<br />
power to make an Order designating a part <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong> as a public place in order<br />
to control the drinking <strong>of</strong> alcohol in that area.<br />
Before designating an area the Council must be satisfied that there is sufficient<br />
nuisance, annoyance or disorder to justify its action and it must consult the Police,<br />
licensees, retailers and the public.<br />
Once an Order has been made a Constable can require a person to stop drinking in<br />
the designated area and to surrender any open or sealed containers <strong>of</strong> alcohol. If<br />
the person refuses he or she may be arrested.<br />
What is the penalty if somebody refuses to stop drinking?<br />
A Constable may issue a £40 Fixed Penalty Notice to anybody who refuses to stop<br />
drinking or to hand over any open or sealed containers <strong>of</strong> alcohol. A person who<br />
refuses may be arrested and prosecuted with a fine <strong>of</strong> up to £500.<br />
Will it prevent drinking in pub gardens, pavement cafés and parks?<br />
No, this is not a total ban on drinking <strong>of</strong> alcohol in public. The power will be used<br />
only if a Constable believes that the person concerned is creating a nuisance or<br />
annoyance to others or is involved or likely to be involved in disorder<br />
Why is the Council proposing to introduce these Zones now?<br />
There have been increasing complaints from the public about the effects <strong>of</strong> drinking<br />
in public places. These include vandalism, excessive noise, abusive behaviour and<br />
the feeling <strong>of</strong> being unsafe, especially at night time. There are also problems in some<br />
areas with street drinkers in the day time.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 47
The new Licensing Act will abolish the current controls on licensing hours later this<br />
year and many pubs and clubs are likely to be opening for extended hours. Nobody<br />
knows what effect this will have and the introduction <strong>of</strong> Controlled Drinking Zones will<br />
help reduce any nuisance that may arise.<br />
Do the Police support what is proposed?<br />
Yes, the Police are keen to see this new power introduced for the same reasons as<br />
the Council.<br />
How have the locations been selected?<br />
The Council and the Police have looked at past crime figures and complaints from<br />
the public and have selected those places where there are most problems. Most <strong>of</strong><br />
the locations are town centres but there are also some parks. The operation <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Zones will be monitored and if successful they will be extended to other Town<br />
Centres and parks where there are problems.<br />
Won’t the zones just shift the problems elsewhere?<br />
There is clearly a danger that the designation <strong>of</strong> an area will simply move the<br />
nuisance into another area. The drawing <strong>of</strong> the boundaries is therefore very<br />
important and this is one <strong>of</strong> the reasons that the proposals for Hayes, Ruislip and<br />
Uxbridge also include nearby parks. The Council and the Police would particularly<br />
welcome comments from members <strong>of</strong> the public on the proposed boundaries using<br />
their local knowledge.<br />
Isn’t this simply dealing with the symptoms <strong>of</strong> a much deeper problem?<br />
Stopping individuals from drinking in public on one occasion will deal only with that<br />
immediate situation. The introduction <strong>of</strong> these Zones is therefore linked with other<br />
measures by the Council and its partners to increase youth facilities, educate young<br />
people about the risks <strong>of</strong> binge drinking and <strong>of</strong>fer treatment for street drinkers who<br />
want to tackle their drink problems.<br />
What is the timetable for this to happen?<br />
Public consultation is open until 17 th March. A final decision will be made by the full<br />
Council meeting on 25 th March. If all goes to plan the new Zones will then be well in<br />
place for the summer.<br />
How do I make my views known?<br />
Please send your comments in writing to the Community Safety Team at the Civic<br />
Centre Uxbridge UB8 1UW or by email to mhankins@hillingdon.gov.uk Further<br />
information can be obtained by calling the Team on 01895 277295.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 48
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 49
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 50
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 51
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 52
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 53
LOCAL CULTURAL STRATEGY FOR HILLINGDON ITEM 4<br />
SUMMARY<br />
Contact Officer: Trisha Grimshaw<br />
Telephone: 01895 50625<br />
This report introduces the proposed Cultural Strategy for <strong>Hillingdon</strong> and the action<br />
plan for its implementation.<br />
RECOMMENDATION<br />
That members endorse the Cultural Strategy and instruct <strong>of</strong>ficers to implement<br />
the action plan.<br />
REASONS FOR OFFICER RECOMMENDATION<br />
The report supports work to improve the quality <strong>of</strong> life in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> and the<br />
development <strong>of</strong> partnerships across services and with community partners. The<br />
adoption <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy will achieve Best Value Performance Plan indicator<br />
BV114, which in turn contributes to the CPA assessment.<br />
OPTIONS AVAILABLE<br />
Members can decide not to approve or to amend the Cultural Strategy.<br />
COMMENTS OF OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE<br />
The Overview & Scrutiny Committee has not asked to comment on the report.<br />
INFORMATION<br />
1. In requiring local authorities to develop local cultural strategies, the Government<br />
asked local councils to work cross-sectorally in a partnership <strong>of</strong> services and with<br />
other external organisations and partners to improve the quality <strong>of</strong> life for local<br />
communities.<br />
2. Initially the development <strong>of</strong> a local Cultural Strategy was a statutory requirement.<br />
Following the Government review <strong>of</strong> the range <strong>of</strong> plans required <strong>of</strong> local authorities,<br />
a Cultural Strategy is no longer a statutory planning document, however, an<br />
endorsed local Cultural Strategy remains a Best Value Performance Indicator.<br />
3. The vision for the Cultural Strategy for <strong>Hillingdon</strong> was defined as follows:<br />
‘To help develop <strong>Hillingdon</strong> as a place in which residents can find fulfilment and<br />
achieve their potential as valued members <strong>of</strong> a community which embraces diversity<br />
and encourages active citizenship. Participating in cultural activities enhances quality<br />
<strong>of</strong> life, enriches mind and body, brings communities and generations together and<br />
has the power to transform peoples lives for the better’.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 54
4. Participating in cultural activities is for many people an essential part <strong>of</strong> their<br />
quality <strong>of</strong> life - for some it is developing knowledge and skills or fitness and health, it<br />
is the building <strong>of</strong> social networks, the fostering <strong>of</strong> self-confidence and the sense <strong>of</strong><br />
well-being, the development <strong>of</strong> a sense <strong>of</strong> inclusion and prevention <strong>of</strong> feelings <strong>of</strong><br />
isolation. For others it is about celebrating their cultural traditions and history and<br />
sharing this with others both within their own communities and more broadly. Even<br />
small-scale cultural activities can have a major impact on the lives <strong>of</strong> individuals and<br />
local communities which can read through into the local economy and have<br />
beneficial social and regenerative effects.<br />
5. The Cultural Strategy supports key objectives and the short, medium and longer<br />
term targets set out in the Leader’s Statement, particularly in terms <strong>of</strong>:<br />
• A borough <strong>of</strong> learning and culture<br />
• A council working in partnership with its communities and partners<br />
• A borough where opportunities are open to all<br />
• A cleaner, more pleasant borough<br />
6. Recent government policy documents continue to highlight the role expected <strong>of</strong><br />
sport, arts, libraries, and museums, galleries and archives, in supporting themes<br />
such as social inclusion by enabling people to realise their potential and contribute to<br />
the regeneration <strong>of</strong> a local community. It is the aim <strong>of</strong> this cultural strategy to<br />
maximise the opportunities for lifelong learning, putting people and groups in touch,<br />
helping people to engage with what is available, making connections, and supporting<br />
easier access.<br />
7. Cultural Strategy Format - attached as Appendix 1<br />
Section 1<br />
Section 2<br />
Section 3<br />
Section 4<br />
Appendix 2<br />
The case for culture<br />
Findings from surveys and consultation<br />
Local and national frameworks and research<br />
Themes, aims and priorities <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy<br />
Cultural Strategy action plan<br />
Key themes <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy<br />
8. The Cultural Strategy, set out in full in Section 4, has three main themes to give a<br />
clear focus on what is important for the borough and how these ambitions we will<br />
achieve our ambitions:<br />
A: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> People – everyone should have the chance to enjoy and benefit from<br />
cultural opportunities.<br />
B: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Spaces and Places – the importance <strong>of</strong> our built and natural<br />
environments need to be promoted and opportunities provided for everyone to<br />
benefit from them now and into the future.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 55
C: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Partners – every organisation, whether in the public, voluntary or<br />
private sectors should have an active role in developing culture and improving our<br />
quality <strong>of</strong> life.<br />
9. Each theme has a set <strong>of</strong> aims and priorities. The priorities for the Cultural<br />
Strategy are determined as follows:<br />
Theme A:<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> People<br />
• A1 Ensure better access for all by developing strategies and provision that<br />
meet the needs <strong>of</strong> groups that do not access or make little use <strong>of</strong> our cultural<br />
facilities and services.<br />
• A2 Promote cultural activity that celebrates our diverse communities and<br />
develops greater understanding <strong>of</strong> the borough's rich cultural inheritance.<br />
• A3 Work positively with the voluntary sector and the volunteers who provide<br />
a wealth and variety <strong>of</strong> local sports, music, visual arts, drama, heritage,<br />
environmental and other activity alongside the services provided by the Council.<br />
• A4 Improve our communication with local communities helping to ensure<br />
that they have access to information about the cultural activities and<br />
opportunities available.<br />
• A5 Ensure culture improves life opportunities for all sections <strong>of</strong> the<br />
community, working with partners in education, health and other sectors to<br />
improve individual and community opportunities and well-being.<br />
Theme B: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Spaces and Places<br />
• B1 Widen access to and enhance the opportunities to benefit from<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s cultural spaces and places so that everyone can enjoy <strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s<br />
considerable assets.<br />
• B2 Work to improve the quality and range <strong>of</strong> cultural facilities available to<br />
our residents and try to ensure that we can respond in relevant and exciting<br />
ways to changing and developing needs for cultural expression.<br />
• B3 Ensure we provide a range <strong>of</strong> appropriate facilities for children and<br />
young people that are attractive to them and that we create safe environments<br />
for children and young people, particularly those who may feel excluded for<br />
whatever reason.<br />
• B4 Support initiatives to preserve and enhance our natural and built heritage<br />
seeking to maximise community access to and appreciation <strong>of</strong> our heritage<br />
whilst preserving it for future generations.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 56
Theme C: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Partners<br />
• C1 Work with other cultural providers to help deliver the Cultural Strategy’s<br />
priorities and to ensure a high pr<strong>of</strong>ile for cultural development to help meet the<br />
quality <strong>of</strong> life objectives for the borough.<br />
• C2 Extend working links between cultural providers and services and<br />
education, youth, health, environmental, community, and other agencies to<br />
ensure that culture can play its full role in individual and community<br />
development.<br />
• C3 Enhance the community role <strong>of</strong> cultural facilities as key points for<br />
contact, information and communication as well as spaces enabling enjoyment<br />
and access to a range <strong>of</strong> leisure, educational, entertainment and cultural<br />
activities.<br />
10. The Cultural Strategy identifies the main areas <strong>of</strong> work required to deliver these<br />
priorities and these tasks/actions are further detailed in the action plan set out in<br />
Appendix 2.<br />
The Development <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy<br />
11. In 2002, <strong>of</strong>ficers began work on the Best Value Review <strong>of</strong> Cultural Services<br />
(arts, leisure, libraries, music and the youth services) and individual Best Value<br />
reviews <strong>of</strong> these services. The programme included a wide-ranging agenda <strong>of</strong><br />
consultation over several months covering general cultural issues, service specific<br />
consultation with the users <strong>of</strong> services, open events and consultation with the<br />
Citizens Panel.<br />
12. The Cultural Strategy is based on the outcomes <strong>of</strong> this work. The Best Value<br />
Review identified five key development themes which have been taken through into<br />
the Cultural Strategy.<br />
• Working together and with the community to deliver better services and<br />
ensuring we work closely with and support the voluntary sector<br />
• Increasing access to our cultural services by ensuring they are relevant and<br />
available to all sectors <strong>of</strong> our community<br />
• Improving the marketing <strong>of</strong> our services so we are better informed <strong>of</strong> need and<br />
can provide better information on what is available<br />
• Improving buildings and facilities including those not included in major new<br />
developments<br />
• Working together to improve services for young people and to meet their<br />
particular needs.<br />
13. Building on the outcomes <strong>of</strong> this Best Value Review agreed by Cabinet in June<br />
2003, a programme <strong>of</strong> interviews with key partners was completed during the<br />
summer. Meetings with young people and minority communities were arranged.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 57
14. A meeting was then held with representatives <strong>of</strong> services, voluntary agencies<br />
and a range <strong>of</strong> partners to view the evidence collected thus far and to enable<br />
participation in a analysis <strong>of</strong> the way forward for <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. The first draft <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Cultural Strategy was then circulated widely and the views and responses received<br />
incorporated. A seminar was held for elected members in October 2003 on the<br />
second draft <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy and some further refinements made.<br />
15. During the autumn 2003, further meetings and discussions have been held to<br />
explore particular aspects <strong>of</strong> the strategy. Cross-service planning events have been<br />
held to support further exploration <strong>of</strong> collaborative working to deliver some <strong>of</strong> the<br />
priorities <strong>of</strong> the Strategy, to secure commitment to undertaking this work and build<br />
the projects into service plans.<br />
Links to Other Council Plans and Strategies<br />
16. The Cultural Strategy underpins and links into many <strong>of</strong> the strategies and plans<br />
<strong>of</strong> the authority, including:<br />
• Library Service Position Statement<br />
• Green Spaces Strategy<br />
• Education Development Plan 2<br />
• Community Safety Strategy<br />
• Transforming Youth Work plan (draft)<br />
• Arts and Leisure Services team plans<br />
17. These plans already include strategies, projects and programmes <strong>of</strong> work that<br />
support and enhance the cultural life <strong>of</strong> the borough. The Cultural Strategy<br />
examines where services and partners can work collaboratively together in a joinedup<br />
way to create new opportunities, widen access and broaden participation and<br />
address needs <strong>of</strong> all parts <strong>of</strong> the community.<br />
18. The Cultural Strategy identifies the need for a fundamental revision <strong>of</strong> the Sport<br />
and Recreation Strategy and the creation <strong>of</strong> an Arts Strategy as well as the need for<br />
an agreed Corporate strategy for working with the partners in the voluntary sector.<br />
Community Plan/Local Strategic Partnership<br />
19. The implementation <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy has to be closely interlinked with the<br />
Community Plan. Both plans have at their core the intention to improve the quality <strong>of</strong><br />
life <strong>of</strong> local people, both actively seek to broaden opportunities for all sections <strong>of</strong> the<br />
community, the delivery <strong>of</strong> both will be through a rich mix <strong>of</strong> providers and their aims<br />
and objectives are determined by local views and aspirations. A process will need to<br />
be developed to enable proposed cultural activities to be included in the prioritisation<br />
for inclusion in the Community Plan.<br />
The Cultural Contribution to Achieving Future Cross-cutting Objectives<br />
20. Culture’s contribution to improving the well-being <strong>of</strong> communities increasingly<br />
features in emerging national policy initiatives and proposals. The Statement <strong>of</strong><br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 58
Shared Priorities (2003) that sets out central and local government’s commitment to<br />
improving local services through investment and reform focuses on quality <strong>of</strong> life<br />
issues. Culture and the implementation <strong>of</strong> the cultural strategy can make a<br />
substantial contribution to the delivery <strong>of</strong> crosscutting themes such as:<br />
• Raising standards in schools<br />
• Improving the quality <strong>of</strong> life <strong>of</strong> children, young people, families at risk and older<br />
people<br />
• Creating safer and stronger communities<br />
• Transforming our local environment<br />
• Promoting the economic vitality <strong>of</strong> communities<br />
Capacity to Deliver the Cultural Strategy<br />
21. The Strategy identifies areas for development and the need for certain<br />
tools/resources to support achieving change. These include:<br />
• An annual market research survey undertaken corporately to generate fuller<br />
current data covering the cultural needs and aspirations <strong>of</strong> the residents <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> to support the development <strong>of</strong> plans and projects.<br />
• ACORN data for areas beyond the boundaries <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong> for corporate use.<br />
• Training programme for <strong>of</strong>ficers on community pr<strong>of</strong>iling.<br />
• Better promotion <strong>of</strong> cultural activities in the community is a key strategic<br />
objective. A part time support post to undertake the organisation/collection <strong>of</strong><br />
information for a regular sponsored listing <strong>of</strong> cultural events and activities<br />
organised both by services and by voluntary and community organisations. An<br />
external partner would be sought for the advertising content, production and<br />
distribution <strong>of</strong> such a <strong>Hillingdon</strong> listing.<br />
• Arts Development Officer (SO2) to work with schools and community groups to<br />
maximise opportunities to enhance pupils' experience, support raising<br />
achievement, developing projects to extend access and build capacity and selfesteem<br />
in communities and linking to the Extended Schools programme.<br />
22. Officers have not made a growth bid in relation to the Cultural Strategy for<br />
2004/05. As work on delivering the strategy develops , <strong>of</strong>ficers will need to submit<br />
proposals to enable the strategy to fully progress.<br />
LEGAL IMPLICATIONS<br />
23. There are no legal implications<br />
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS<br />
24. The report identifies priorities for service initiatives, but this includes specific<br />
proposals which will have resource implications. The ‘Capacity to deliver’ section <strong>of</strong><br />
the report identifies an additional Arts Officer and a part time support post. These<br />
posts would cost in the region <strong>of</strong> 40k.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 59
These items would need to be considered as part <strong>of</strong> the budget setting process for<br />
future years.<br />
PROPERTY IMPLICATIONS<br />
25. Property Services welcome the development <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy for<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> and will work with Cultural Services in the implementation <strong>of</strong> the action<br />
plan.<br />
BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />
Best Value Review <strong>of</strong> Cultural Services - Cabinet June 2003<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 60
HILLINGDON LOCAL CULTURAL STRATEGY Appendix 1<br />
Section 1<br />
Introduction<br />
THE CASE FOR CULTURE<br />
This document shows how <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Council and its partners will work together to<br />
create and extend opportunities to take part in cultural activities available to people<br />
living and working in or visiting <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. It is intended to be a strategy for everyone<br />
involved in making or enjoying cultural activity.<br />
WHAT IS CULTURE?<br />
Cultural activities can inspire, educate, support the local economy and give immense<br />
pleasure and personal satisfaction. Culture is key to quality <strong>of</strong> life and to mental and<br />
physical well-being. It is an inclusive concept that embraces a wide variety <strong>of</strong><br />
activities, places, values and beliefs that contribute to a sense <strong>of</strong> identity and pride<br />
for everyone in our communities.<br />
Culture promotes understanding and a sense <strong>of</strong> belonging and cohesion and can<br />
bring together people from diverse cultural, faith and historic backgrounds. Cultural<br />
activities <strong>of</strong>fer a wide range <strong>of</strong> opportunities for people <strong>of</strong> all ages, abilities and<br />
interests to realise their potential, to feel a sense <strong>of</strong> achievement, to increase social<br />
contacts and develop a sense <strong>of</strong> well-being. A cultural strategy will make a<br />
significant contribution to the health and lives <strong>of</strong> individuals and communities.<br />
Many facilities, activities and opportunities for cultural involvement already exist in<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> and people living in, working in or visiting <strong>Hillingdon</strong> can spend time in<br />
many pleasurable and rewarding ways. Across our communities are thousands <strong>of</strong><br />
people who regularly participate in cultural activities, as, for example, being a<br />
member <strong>of</strong> an audience for a choral society concert, taking a role in a theatrical<br />
production, visiting an exhibition <strong>of</strong> the work <strong>of</strong> a local artist, supporting local<br />
societies/groups by giving time to serve on a management committee.<br />
People in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> take part in cultural activities every day when they:<br />
• Research their family tree in the local history room in Uxbridge Library<br />
• Help out as a cricket or hockey coach in a local sports club<br />
• Enjoy a wine-tasting session or study garden design with the <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
branch <strong>of</strong> the University <strong>of</strong> the Third Age<br />
• Go to see a film<br />
• Pilot a narrow boat through Coppermill Lock or paddle a canoe at the Outdoor<br />
Activities Centre in Harefield<br />
• Join in a production with Magnetic North Youth Theatre at Compass or learn<br />
animation skills<br />
• Improve DJ ing skills at West Drayton Youth Centre or practise street dance in<br />
Hayes Campus<br />
• Go for a picnic in Colne Valley Park<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 61
• Sing in a Tamil choir at Hayes Festival or join with friends in a henna painting<br />
session run by <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Asian Women’s Group<br />
• Learn to play violin or guitar with the borough’s Music Service<br />
• Walk for health in one <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s many green spaces<br />
Many in the borough, too, earn a living from culture and leisure, working in sports<br />
centres, Fitness Zones or libraries, providing educational activities for old or young.<br />
New technologies are part <strong>of</strong> our cultural infrastructure and make an invaluable<br />
contribution not only to our quality <strong>of</strong> life but also to the local economy.<br />
WHY A CULTURAL STRATEGY?<br />
The Government has asked local councils to work in partnership with a wide range <strong>of</strong><br />
other organisations, to improve the quality <strong>of</strong> life for local communities. In order to<br />
be clear about the best way to tackle <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s needs, the outcomes <strong>of</strong> the<br />
consultation for the Community Plan and the work supporting the recent Best Value<br />
Review <strong>of</strong> Cultural Services were used to inform the Strategy.<br />
To realise the aims <strong>of</strong> the Strategy, the council will need to work increasingly crosssectorally,<br />
and collaboratively with voluntary bodies and private sector companies,<br />
and look for support from regional organisations and our neighbours in West <strong>London</strong>.<br />
Having a strategy should help to:<br />
• Celebrate and make the most <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s many assets - its people, its<br />
places and its activities<br />
• Communicate more effectively so that everyone can clearly know what is<br />
going on in the borough.<br />
• Collaborate in bringing communities together, and help to make <strong>Hillingdon</strong> a<br />
harmonious, dynamic and prosperous borough<br />
• Promote the wealth <strong>of</strong> talent and activity already present in the area<br />
• Plan and act jointly with our partners to increase opportunities for all to enjoy<br />
and take part in arts, sports, leisure or heritage activities<br />
• Pool resources, skills and potential to make the most <strong>of</strong> joint working and<br />
helping to lever in additional benefits to the community<br />
THE VISION<br />
To help develop <strong>Hillingdon</strong> as a place in which residents can find fulfilment and<br />
achieve their potential as valued members <strong>of</strong> a community which embraces diversity<br />
and encourages active citizenship. Participating in cultural activities enhances<br />
quality <strong>of</strong> life, enriches mind and body, brings communities and generations together<br />
and has the power to transform people’s lives for the better.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 62
Section 2<br />
Examples <strong>of</strong> the findings from consultation and surveys<br />
The Council has undertaken a number <strong>of</strong> surveys to assess which services are used<br />
by residents and how satisfied they are with them.<br />
It is clear from both surveys and consultation that cultural services and facilities are<br />
<strong>of</strong> great importance to people in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. They are services that people choose to<br />
use - be it participating in a theatre production, exercising, swimming or borrowing<br />
books from the library.<br />
Asked about which cultural services are most used those surveyed said that:<br />
• Libraries are the most regularly used service with over 70% <strong>of</strong> people using<br />
them at least once a year, with 53% using the Central Library<br />
• Parks and playgrounds are also popular with nearly 70% <strong>of</strong> people using them<br />
• The Beck Theatre is visited by 37% <strong>of</strong> people with at least 20% people also<br />
visiting the Compass Theatre and Winston Churchill Hall<br />
• Swimming pools are the most popular sport and leisure facility and are used<br />
by 35% <strong>of</strong> people with other sports centres attracting 16% <strong>of</strong> people<br />
• Museums and Galleries are visited by 54% <strong>of</strong> survey respondents but this will<br />
include visiting places outside <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. Within the borough the Cow Byre<br />
Gallery attracts 23% and the Manor Farm Site 20% <strong>of</strong> respondents.<br />
When asked what cultural activities were most important to them, the<br />
respondents said that:<br />
• Reading is enjoyed by practically everyone, 98% rate this as most important<br />
• Listening to the radio, to recorded music and watching television are also<br />
important to at least 80% <strong>of</strong> people<br />
• Shopping is important to 85% <strong>of</strong> people<br />
• Going to parks is important to over 80% <strong>of</strong> people, with walking or rambling<br />
enjoyed by over 70%<br />
• Libraries are important to nearly 80% <strong>of</strong> people<br />
• Cinemas are important to over 70% <strong>of</strong> people<br />
How satisfied are people with the cultural provision in the borough?<br />
• A very high proportion <strong>of</strong> people, up to 93%, are at least satisfied with their<br />
local or the Central Library<br />
• The Hayes Carnival also achieved satisfaction ratings <strong>of</strong> around 90%<br />
• Users <strong>of</strong> venues like the Beck Theatre, Compass Theatre, Winston Churchill<br />
Hall give these venues high satisfaction ratings, sometimes <strong>of</strong> 90%<br />
• Golf courses achieve the highest rating for sports facilities with 85% finding<br />
them at least satisfactory<br />
• Swimming pools achieve a satisfaction rating <strong>of</strong> over 70%<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 63
Whilst there was obvious appreciation <strong>of</strong> many <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s cultural facilities only a<br />
very small number <strong>of</strong> residents surveyed expressed themselves as very<br />
satisfied with some services such as youth centres, sports in parks, parks and<br />
playgrounds, sports centres and swimming pools.<br />
In addition, when asked what services were least well provided for in the borough,<br />
over 50% <strong>of</strong> people surveyed considered that the borough lacked<br />
• opportunities for visiting historic houses and sites,<br />
• live sports<br />
• youth centres<br />
• events<br />
• a museum<br />
• reading and writing groups.<br />
Young people were also asked about cultural provision in the borough. They<br />
appreciate the library book and video collections and quiet study areas, summer arts<br />
and drama programmes, some <strong>of</strong> the youth centre activities and the discounts that<br />
are available to them. But they disliked the limited nature <strong>of</strong> some services including<br />
library opening hours, leisure and fun facilities at swimming pools, the poor condition<br />
<strong>of</strong> some buildings, the high cost <strong>of</strong> activities and limited publicity.<br />
Young people want to see a range <strong>of</strong> activities which are suited to them, not too<br />
distant and at prices they can afford including paintballing, ice-skating,<br />
skateboarding, bowling and snooker. They would like to see more music and media<br />
projects; a large-scale leisure pool and more sports clubs open to all abilities and<br />
less gender discrimination across sports.<br />
When asked what would most improve their ability to benefit from cultural<br />
services and activities in the borough, residents said:<br />
• Better information about what was available to people in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> was felt to<br />
be important by over 90% <strong>of</strong> residents<br />
• Improved parks and green spaces was supported by 90% and cleaner streets,<br />
better public toilets were felt important by nearly 90%<br />
• Community safety was considered an important factor by 85%<br />
• Better buildings and facilities were also an important factor with over 80% <strong>of</strong><br />
residents feeling improvement would improve enjoyment<br />
• Easier parking and better public transport were considered important by over<br />
75%<br />
• Pricing and more live shows and events were also important to over 75% <strong>of</strong><br />
people.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 64
Section 3 Local frameworks and national policy initiatives<br />
The Best Value Review <strong>of</strong> Cultural Services (Libraries, Arts, Leisure, Youth and<br />
Music Services) agreed by Cabinet in June 2003, set out a programme with five<br />
themes which have been carried forward into the work for the Cultural Strategy.<br />
• Working together, and with the community to deliver better services and<br />
ensuring we work closely with and support the voluntary sector<br />
• Increasing access to our cultural services by ensuring they are relevant and<br />
available to all sectors <strong>of</strong> our community<br />
• Improving the marketing <strong>of</strong> our services so we are better informed <strong>of</strong> need<br />
and can provide better information on what is available<br />
• Improving buildings and facilities including those not included in major new<br />
developments<br />
• Working together to improve services for young people and to meet their<br />
particular needs.<br />
As part <strong>of</strong> the above programme, individual Best Value Reviews were completed for<br />
the Leisure Service, Library Service, Arts Service, Youth Service and Music Service.<br />
The resulting approved action plans set out three-year programmes for service<br />
improvement.<br />
Existing Service plans and strategies<br />
The development <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy has to be viewed in the context <strong>of</strong> existing<br />
service plans and strategies, e.g.<br />
• Library Service Position Statement 2003/04. Responds to the DCMS guidance<br />
and requirements set out in ‘Framework for the Future’<br />
• Green Spaces strategy<br />
• Draft ‘Transforming Youth Work’ plan<br />
• Educational Development Plan (EDP2)<br />
• Specific sports strategies<br />
• Arts and Leisure Services team plans<br />
• Community Safety strategy<br />
• Corporate ICT strategy, including plans to deliver e-government<br />
• <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Grid for Learning plans<br />
The Council's plans and framework<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s Cultural Strategy needs to respond to residents' views and their<br />
experience <strong>of</strong> cultural life in the borough. It will also support and link with ways in<br />
which the Council is already improving services and working with its partners to<br />
respond to residents' needs and views.<br />
The Council Leader’s Statement, 2003/2004 asserts that <strong>Hillingdon</strong> will be 'A<br />
borough <strong>of</strong> learning and culture'. The statement identifies a number <strong>of</strong> key points<br />
that support cultural development <strong>of</strong> the borough:<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 65
• Continuing investment in front line services including parks, the environment<br />
and libraries<br />
• Improvements in library stock, opening hours and in library buildings<br />
• The Chrysalis environmental programme with £0.75m available each year<br />
• Additional funding for Youth Services <strong>of</strong> £0.8m<br />
• Support for improvements in our town centres<br />
The Cultural Strategy has to work closely with the Community Plan for the borough.<br />
Working together for a better future sets out six key aims for the Council and its<br />
key partners, including Brunel University, the Police and the Primary Care Trust, to<br />
regenerate and modernise <strong>Hillingdon</strong> and to develop strong, secure, self confident<br />
and healthy communities. The aims are to make <strong>Hillingdon</strong>:<br />
• A borough <strong>of</strong> learning and culture<br />
• A safer borough<br />
• A cleaner and more pleasant borough<br />
• A borough with improving health, housing and social care<br />
• An economically prosperous borough<br />
• A borough where opportunities are open to all<br />
The vision <strong>of</strong> the Local Strategic Partnership is to ensure <strong>Hillingdon</strong> is a pleasant and<br />
vibrant place to live and work, where every member <strong>of</strong> its communities has access to<br />
excellent services and the opportunity to fulfil their potential. This links in turn to the<br />
vision and ambition <strong>of</strong> creating a borough 'where cultural, leisure and educational<br />
opportunities are open to all children, young people and adults to improve their skill<br />
levels, education and creativity so as to enhance their working and leisure lives'.<br />
(Community Plan 2003/04).<br />
The implementation <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy is best linked with the Community Plan.<br />
Both plans have at their core the intention to improve the quality <strong>of</strong> life <strong>of</strong> local<br />
people, both actively seek to broaden opportunities for all sections <strong>of</strong> the community,<br />
the delivery <strong>of</strong> both will be through a rich mix <strong>of</strong> providers and their aims and<br />
objectives are determined by local views and aspirations. A process will need to be<br />
developed to enable proposed cultural activities to be included in the prioritisation for<br />
inclusion in the Community Plan.<br />
National policy initiatives and research<br />
Culture’s contribution to improving the well-being <strong>of</strong> communities increasingly<br />
features in the emerging policy initiatives and proposals.<br />
The Statement <strong>of</strong> Shared Priorities (2003) that sets out central and local<br />
government’s commitment to improving local services through investment and<br />
reform focuses on quality <strong>of</strong> life issues. Culture can make a substantial contribution<br />
to the delivery <strong>of</strong> crosscutting themes such as:<br />
• Raising standards in schools<br />
• Improving the quality <strong>of</strong> life <strong>of</strong> children, young people, families at risk and<br />
older people<br />
• Creating safer and stronger communities<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 66
• Transforming our local environment<br />
• Promoting the economic vitality <strong>of</strong> communities<br />
The development <strong>of</strong> the Comprehensive Performance Assessment 2005 round is<br />
likely to bring an increase in the recognition <strong>of</strong> culture’s contribution to community<br />
well-being as a core service.<br />
A MORI presentation (2002) on Quality <strong>of</strong> Life indicators included Access to Culture,<br />
Sports and Leisure Facilities and Community activities amongst key items which<br />
people think are important to making somewhere a good place to live. Facilities and<br />
activities for young people scored high on the list <strong>of</strong> things that would make places<br />
even better.<br />
The ODPM’s survey <strong>of</strong> English Housing which lists aspects <strong>of</strong> their area that<br />
householders would like to see improved, revealed that 38% <strong>of</strong> those surveyed<br />
(2001/02) wanted opportunities and facilities for children and young people.<br />
A new measure <strong>of</strong> child poverty proposed by Department <strong>of</strong> Works and Pensions will<br />
include lack <strong>of</strong> access to leisure, hobbies, swimming and other cultural activities as<br />
an indicator <strong>of</strong> deprivation.<br />
In all these policy initiatives and programmes, the recognition <strong>of</strong> a basic<br />
entitlement to opportunities for cultural expression and recreation is<br />
increasingly taken to be a significant part <strong>of</strong> the life <strong>of</strong> every individual.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 67
Section 4<br />
AIMS AND PRIORITIES FOR THE CULTURAL STRATEGY<br />
Culture can make a major contribution to social, economic and environmental wellbeing<br />
and to the health <strong>of</strong> individuals and communities. This Strategy will show how<br />
it is intended to work together to improve the quality <strong>of</strong> life right across <strong>Hillingdon</strong>.<br />
We want to do this by bringing culture within everyone’s reach, to make sure that<br />
activities thrive in the longer-term and by building on active partnerships.<br />
Three themes for the Cultural Strategy have been chosen to give a clear focus on<br />
what we believe is important for the borough and how we will achieve our ambitions:<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> People – everyone should have the chance to enjoy and benefit<br />
from cultural opportunities<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Spaces and Places – the importance <strong>of</strong> our built and natural<br />
environments needs to be promoted and opportunities provided for everyone<br />
to benefit from them now and into the future<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Partners – every organisation, whether in the public, voluntary or<br />
private sectors should have the chance to play an active role in developing<br />
culture and improving our quality <strong>of</strong> life.<br />
The aims and priorities <strong>of</strong> our strategy reflect the outcomes <strong>of</strong> the surveys,<br />
consultation, interviews and meetings. It seeks to address the concerns and needs<br />
identified by residents <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. It will link with and support other initiatives<br />
seeking to improve the lives <strong>of</strong> everyone living in or visiting the borough.<br />
A. HILLINGDON PEOPLE<br />
People are at the very heart <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy. They are the most important<br />
source <strong>of</strong> creativity and inspiration, past, present and future. We want our residents<br />
to enjoy life to the full and to have the opportunities for developing a rewarding and<br />
healthy life.<br />
The borough’s population now has a fifth <strong>of</strong> residents below the age <strong>of</strong> sixteen and<br />
20% <strong>of</strong> all <strong>Hillingdon</strong> people will belong to ethnic minority communities by 2011.<br />
Together with the 12,000 students at Brunel University who come from 110 different<br />
countries, the borough enjoys a rich and vibrant mix <strong>of</strong> nationalities and their<br />
cultures.<br />
Surveys by the Council indicate that some groups do not utilise many facilities.<br />
Consultation suggests that these groups, including some children and young people<br />
and ethnic minorities, do feel excluded and do not feel that their cultural needs are<br />
being addressed. It is also necessary to ensure that the needs <strong>of</strong> older-people,<br />
people with disabilities or learning needs to engage in a full cultural life are met.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 68
Much <strong>of</strong> our cultural life is dependant on volunteers and the work <strong>of</strong> voluntary groups<br />
and clubs. The role <strong>of</strong> volunteers and voluntary organisations is an essential part <strong>of</strong><br />
the picture in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>, a natural extension <strong>of</strong> what the Council itself provides. We<br />
must do more to actively support and encourage this sector. If the Council is to work<br />
in effective partnership with the voluntary sector it needs to speak with a clear and<br />
consistent voice and promote the work <strong>of</strong> volunteers.<br />
Consultation consistently indicated a demand for better information on cultural<br />
activities and the strategy needs to identify ways in which it can address this issue.<br />
Aims<br />
Culture has the power to transform the lives <strong>of</strong> individuals, families and whole<br />
communities. If we are to build a better quality <strong>of</strong> life for the people <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong>, the<br />
Cultural Strategy should help ensure that:<br />
• Everyone can take part in cultural activities and opportunities that are<br />
creative, enjoyable and educational, fit in with their way <strong>of</strong> life and are<br />
appropriate to all ages, ethnic background, abilities and cultural heritage.<br />
• We help to remove barriers to participating and enjoying the cultural life <strong>of</strong> our<br />
area (whether through cost, lack <strong>of</strong> information or childcare, transport or<br />
inaccessible buildings, for example)<br />
• Culture plays a full role in strengthening community bonds and that we boost<br />
voluntary activity and make full use <strong>of</strong> cultural activities to help us bridge<br />
divides including those <strong>of</strong> age, income or ethnicity<br />
• Culture plays an important role in our economy in <strong>of</strong>fering learning<br />
opportunities and employment for local people as well as attractions for<br />
visitors.<br />
• Culture makes a significant contribution to improving health and supporting<br />
active lifestyles.<br />
Priorities<br />
Our priorities for the Cultural Strategy are to:<br />
A1: Ensure better access for all by developing strategies and provision<br />
that meet the needs <strong>of</strong> groups that do not access our cultural facilities and<br />
services.<br />
We will:<br />
• Identify a range <strong>of</strong> routes and facilitators for finding out the needs and<br />
interests <strong>of</strong> groups and communities not fully benefiting from cultural<br />
provision and develop a phased programme to respond to these needs.<br />
• Ensure that cultural services work to remove, whenever possible, any<br />
barriers to children, young people and adults accessing services,<br />
including the appropriate use <strong>of</strong> new technology.<br />
• Ensure services have access to up to date socio-economic information<br />
and regular market research which covers the cultural needs and<br />
aspirations <strong>of</strong> the community and a more effective, integrated use is<br />
made <strong>of</strong> data already held.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 69
A2: Promote cultural activity that celebrates the diverse communities<br />
and develops greater understanding <strong>of</strong> the borough’s rich cultural inheritance.<br />
We will:<br />
• Work across services, with schools and other education providers and<br />
with community groups to develop cultural projects and activities that<br />
celebrate and reflect our diversity and enable creative expression.<br />
A3: Work positively with the voluntary sector and volunteers who<br />
provide a wealth and variety <strong>of</strong> local sports, music, arts, heritage,<br />
environmental and other activity alongside the services provided by the<br />
council.<br />
We will:<br />
• Develop the Council strategy for its relationship with the voluntary sector,<br />
recognising the key role fulfilled by the voluntary sector and volunteers to<br />
cultural life in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>, identify clear objectives for its support and<br />
definitions and priorities for the allocation <strong>of</strong> funding.<br />
A4: Improve our communication with local communities helping to<br />
ensure that they have access to information about cultural activities and<br />
opportunities.<br />
We will:<br />
• Review current service publicity and publications to assess how effective<br />
they are in providing information and promoting wider cultural<br />
participation.<br />
• Establish a cultural marketing and promotion plan with a budget.<br />
• Investigate the re-introduction <strong>of</strong> a regular listing <strong>of</strong> cultural activities and<br />
events<br />
• Ensure better service webpages, web-sites, enable free access to the<br />
Internet for cultural information, including provision for feedback from<br />
users.<br />
A5: Ensure that culture improves life opportunities for all sections <strong>of</strong><br />
our community including working with partners in education, health and<br />
other sectors to improve personal and community opportunities and wellbeing.<br />
We will:<br />
• Develop and provide a range <strong>of</strong> life and skills opportunities within the<br />
cultural sector<br />
• Promote healthy living and encourage the adoption <strong>of</strong> active life-styles<br />
through cultural provision and activities.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 70
B. HILLINGDON SPACES AND PLACES<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s spaces and places, its natural and built environment and its cultural<br />
places must also be at the heart <strong>of</strong> the cultural strategy. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> is a very green<br />
borough with the second largest area <strong>of</strong> green belt <strong>of</strong> all <strong>London</strong> boroughs. Our open<br />
space is one <strong>of</strong> our most important assets, including our 165 parks. We also benefit<br />
from four woodlands that are national nature reserves, two country parks and<br />
important waterways including the Grand Union Canal and the River Colne.<br />
The quality <strong>of</strong> our built environment is also important. Our cultural facilities including<br />
our libraries, leisure centres, swimming pools, theatres and art centres, youth and<br />
community centres are a focus for individual expression and community activity.<br />
Pressures on resources mean the continual review and re-prioritising <strong>of</strong> the<br />
development and refurbishment <strong>of</strong> facilities to meet new and growing cultural needs.<br />
Our town centres are places not just for shopping but also for socialising and<br />
community activity. All have their distinctive character and some are already<br />
developing local street activities.<br />
We also need to preserve and restore our built heritage particularly places like the<br />
Manor Farm site and Barra Hall and Park which <strong>of</strong>fer so much to the local<br />
community.<br />
All these spaces and places are important in the lives <strong>of</strong> the community and the<br />
Cultural Strategy must seek a sustainable way to ensure that all parts <strong>of</strong> the<br />
community benefit from them. In particular the needs <strong>of</strong> children and young people<br />
for play and exciting and enjoyable recreational activity, including music and media<br />
projects, should be recognised if we are to help lay the foundations for the healthy<br />
and lively <strong>Hillingdon</strong> community <strong>of</strong> the future.<br />
Aims<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s spaces and cultural facilities are important to the quality <strong>of</strong> life <strong>of</strong> all its<br />
residents and visitors and the Cultural Strategy should help ensure that:<br />
• We make the most <strong>of</strong> and improve access to our green spaces and natural<br />
environment ensuring that we preserve it for future generations to enjoy<br />
• We maintain and improve the quality <strong>of</strong> cultural facilities taking care to see<br />
that they meet the needs <strong>of</strong> all sections <strong>of</strong> the community<br />
• We help make our public spaces and places attractive and safe for use by all<br />
the community.<br />
• We ensure that we protect and enhance access to and appreciation <strong>of</strong> our<br />
built heritage<br />
Priorities<br />
Our priorities for the Cultural Strategy are to:<br />
B1: Widen access to and enhance the opportunities to benefit from<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s cultural spaces and places so that everyone can enjoy <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s<br />
considerable assets.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 71
We will:<br />
• Revise the Sports and Recreation strategy bringing together Leisure<br />
Facilities, Green Spaces, Sports Development, schools, Uxbridge College<br />
and Brunel University and the sports voluntary sector to maximise the<br />
sports opportunities both indoor and outdoor in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>.<br />
• Develop an Arts strategy that encompasses the work being undertaken in<br />
the Best Value Review, the need for community arts development and<br />
work with partners within <strong>Hillingdon</strong> and West <strong>London</strong>.<br />
• Promote interest in green spaces and public spaces through engaging<br />
local people in initiatives such Minet Country Park and a street arts<br />
festival. Support Town Centre Managers and work with community safety<br />
groups and the private sector to enliven town centres and make them<br />
safe and attractive places for everyone.<br />
• Enable personal engagement with our history by developing public<br />
access to the rich collection <strong>of</strong> archives and artefacts in partnership with<br />
Brunel University and other local partners.<br />
B2: Work to improve the quality and range <strong>of</strong> cultural facilities available to<br />
our residents and try to ensure that we can respond in relevant and exciting ways to<br />
changing and developing needs for cultural expression and creativity.<br />
We will:<br />
• Support the Education, Youth & Leisure Asset Management Review plan<br />
for new leisure provision, the opportunities to refurbish and renew<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s libraries, and plans for enhanced Adult Education facilities to<br />
revitalise <strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s cultural and lifelong learning facilities.<br />
• Initiate a strategic review <strong>of</strong> new cultural facility provision with our<br />
partners within the borough including schools, Uxbridge College and<br />
Brunel University and with neighbouring boroughs to ensure that we<br />
maximise the potential benefits to residents and visitors.<br />
B3: Ensure we provide a range <strong>of</strong> appropriate facilities for children and<br />
young people that are attractive to them and that we create safe environments for<br />
children and young people, particularly those who may feel excluded from use for<br />
whatever reason.<br />
We will:<br />
• Work with Youth Services to deliver the Youth Plan and seek to maximise<br />
links with cultural activities and providers in meeting the cultural and<br />
development needs <strong>of</strong> young people<br />
• Work with the Green Spaces team and other agencies to support the<br />
development <strong>of</strong> play provision and conservation activities for young<br />
people.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 72
B4: Support initiatives to preserve and enhance our natural and built<br />
heritage seeking to maximise community access to and appreciation <strong>of</strong> our heritage<br />
whilst preserving it for future generations.<br />
We will:<br />
• Work with partners to develop a borough wide approach to supporting the<br />
built and natural environment to ensure we speak with a single voice to<br />
funding and other supporting agencies.<br />
• Support applications to heritage bodies for the restoration and conservation <strong>of</strong><br />
key facilities like the Manor Farm Site, Ruislip Woodlands and the Lido, Barra<br />
Hall and Park, open spaces and canal path developments.<br />
C: HILLINGDON PARTNERS<br />
Very few <strong>of</strong> the priorities identified in this strategy could progress without close<br />
working with many departments in the Council as well as organisations and agencies<br />
outside the Council. The Council is not an island. Through the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Strategic<br />
Partnership and the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Community Plan it is already working with a wide<br />
range <strong>of</strong> organisations to improve life in the borough for everyone. Through the<br />
cultural strategy we need to explore with our partners how we can together further<br />
improve the community’s quality <strong>of</strong> life.<br />
Neither is our borough an island. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> is part <strong>of</strong> a World City and centre <strong>of</strong><br />
creativity as well as a European capital, and home to Heathrow Airport - a physical<br />
and symbolic link to the rest <strong>of</strong> the world and its diverse cultures. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> is also<br />
home to many international companies and has excellent transport links with the rest<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>London</strong>.<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> is a great place to live and work and it has a vision <strong>of</strong> its place in the future<br />
set out in its Community Plan. If the Cultural Strategy is to be effective it must<br />
encourage and promote collaborative work with partners both within and outside the<br />
borough boundaries.<br />
Aims<br />
Partnership will be critical to the success <strong>of</strong> initiatives to improve cultural life in the<br />
borough and our Cultural Strategy should help ensure that:<br />
• We maximise the linkages between the Cultural Strategy and the Community<br />
Plan and other key strategies in education, economic and urban development,<br />
health, community safety and the environment showing how cultural activities<br />
can make a significant contribution in all these areas.<br />
• We maximise resources, physical, financial and human for cultural<br />
development through partnerships both within and outside the borough to<br />
provide the highest quality cultural experience for our residents and visitors.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 73
Priorities<br />
Our priorities for the cultural strategy are to:<br />
C1: Work with other cultural providers to help deliver the Cultural Strategy’s<br />
priorities and to ensure a high pr<strong>of</strong>ile for cultural development to help meet quality<br />
<strong>of</strong> life objectives for the borough<br />
We will:<br />
• Develop a Cultural Strategy Group <strong>of</strong> service representatives and partners to<br />
monitor and develop the Strategy.<br />
• Ensure the linking <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy to the development <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Community Plan.<br />
C2: Extend working links between cultural providers and services and<br />
education, youth, health, community, environmental and other agencies to<br />
ensure that culture can play its full role in individual and community development.<br />
We will:<br />
• Initiate a series <strong>of</strong> bi-lateral and group meetings with key partners to assess<br />
current linkages between their programmes and to develop ways in which<br />
cultural activity can help meet their social and community objectives.<br />
• Work with sub-regional and regional partners to maximise benefits for<br />
provision in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>.<br />
C3: Enhance the community role <strong>of</strong> cultural facilities as key points for contact,<br />
information and communication as well as spaces enabling enjoyment and access to<br />
a range <strong>of</strong> leisure, educational, entertainment and cultural activities.<br />
We will:<br />
• Explore ways in which the cultural facilities in the borough could provide<br />
access for the community to a wider range <strong>of</strong> information and inter-action with<br />
the Council, in partnership with other services.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 74
HILLINGDON LOCAL CULTURAL STRATEGY APPENDIX 2<br />
ACTION PLAN<br />
DRAFT<br />
A1<br />
Theme: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> People<br />
Priority Actions Partners Outputs Timescale<br />
Ensure better access<br />
Within Year<br />
for all<br />
1<br />
Identify a range <strong>of</strong> routes and<br />
facilitators for finding out the needs<br />
and interests <strong>of</strong> groups and<br />
communities not fully benefiting<br />
from cultural provision and develop<br />
a targeted programme to respond<br />
to these needs.<br />
Ensure that Cultural Services work<br />
to remove, whenever possible, any<br />
barriers to children, young people<br />
and adults accessing services,<br />
including the appropriate use <strong>of</strong><br />
new technology.<br />
Cultural Services<br />
Connecting<br />
Communities<br />
EMASS<br />
Community groups<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Music Service<br />
Specific voluntary<br />
organisations<br />
Cultural Services<br />
EYL IT (HGfl)<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Music Service<br />
CIT<br />
Representative planning group<br />
formed and first targeted<br />
programme developed<br />
Programme delivered.<br />
Second and third programmes<br />
devised and delivered<br />
Outcomes include :<br />
Service membership requirements<br />
simplified<br />
Strategy for fees and charges in<br />
place<br />
Years 2 - 3<br />
Year 1 and<br />
on-going<br />
Ensure services have access to up<br />
to date socio-economic information<br />
and regular corporate market<br />
research which covers the cultural<br />
needs and aspirations <strong>of</strong> the<br />
community and more effective<br />
integrated use is made <strong>of</strong> data<br />
already held .<br />
Cultural Services<br />
Chief Execs -Information<br />
& Intelligence<br />
Consultation<br />
Other council services<br />
Pilot automatic library membership<br />
with HGfl and work towards use <strong>of</strong><br />
smartcard<br />
Plans supported with ACORN data<br />
and integrated use <strong>of</strong> service data<br />
Market research programme<br />
agreed and implemented<br />
Officers trained in community<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>iling<br />
Year 1,2&3<br />
Year 1 and<br />
on-going<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 75
A2<br />
A3<br />
Priority Actions Partners Outputs Timescale<br />
Work across services, with schools<br />
Planning group formed. First joint Within Year<br />
and other education providers and<br />
programme finalised and<br />
1<br />
with community groups to develop<br />
implemented<br />
cultural projects and activities that<br />
celebrate and reflect diversity and<br />
On-going programmes planned & Years 2 - 3<br />
enable creative expression.<br />
implemented<br />
Promote cultural activity<br />
that celebrates diverse<br />
communities<br />
Work positively with<br />
voluntary sector and<br />
local organisations<br />
Develop the corporate Council<br />
strategy for its on-going relationship<br />
and support with the voluntary<br />
sector.<br />
Cultural Services<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Music Service<br />
SIS/schools<br />
Adult Education<br />
Youth Service<br />
Community cultural<br />
providers<br />
Healthy <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Community Resources<br />
team<br />
Voluntary sector<br />
HAVS<br />
Mapping exercise <strong>of</strong> cultural activity<br />
in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> completed by the<br />
group<br />
Corporate Audits <strong>of</strong> internal<br />
funding/support provided to the<br />
voluntary sector, and <strong>of</strong> voluntary<br />
sector in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>, in partnership<br />
with HAVS, completed<br />
Within Year<br />
1<br />
Corporate Strategy developed and<br />
agreed.<br />
Year 1/2<br />
A4<br />
Improve our<br />
communication with<br />
local communities<br />
Review current service publicity and<br />
promotions to assess how effective<br />
they are in providing information<br />
and promoting wider cultural<br />
participation.<br />
Arts Service, Leisure<br />
Service<br />
Sports Development<br />
Youth Service<br />
Green Spaces<br />
As above<br />
Cultural Services<br />
Green Spaces team<br />
Other cultural providers<br />
Community cultural<br />
providers<br />
HGfl<br />
Advice and help provided to<br />
voluntary sector on accessing<br />
external funding<br />
Develop service networking with<br />
HAVS to publicise capacity<br />
building, good practice training<br />
opportunities<br />
Cultural marketing and promotion<br />
group formed Review completed<br />
On-going<br />
Year 1 and<br />
on-going<br />
Within Year<br />
1<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 76
A4<br />
Priority Actions Partners Outputs Timescale<br />
Establish a cultural marketing and Cultural Services<br />
Within Year<br />
promotion plan with a budget. Green Spaces<br />
1<br />
Improve our<br />
communication with<br />
local communities .<br />
Investigate the re-introduction <strong>of</strong> a<br />
regular listing <strong>of</strong> cultural activities<br />
and events provided through<br />
services/cultural community.<br />
Marketing and promotion<br />
team<br />
External partners<br />
Marketing and promotion plan<br />
developed including service data<br />
and new data from priority A1<br />
Sponsor/external partner sought.<br />
Bid for p/t post to coordinate.<br />
Publication programme agreed<br />
Year 1,2,3<br />
By Year 3<br />
A4 Ensure better service webpages,<br />
free access to the Internet for<br />
cultural information, including<br />
provision for feedback from users.<br />
A5<br />
Ensure that culture<br />
improves life<br />
opportunities and<br />
enables active lifestyles<br />
for all sections <strong>of</strong> our<br />
community<br />
Develop and provide a range <strong>of</strong> life<br />
and skills opportunities within the<br />
cultural sector<br />
Cultural Services<br />
Cultural Services<br />
Green Spaces<br />
HGfl<br />
Horizon<br />
CIT<br />
Cultural Services<br />
Youth Service<br />
Adult Education<br />
SIS,& schools<br />
Brunel and other<br />
education providers<br />
Music Service<br />
Healthy <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Community cultural<br />
providers<br />
Programme <strong>of</strong> designated service<br />
information and publicity points<br />
completed for all cultural venues,<br />
theatres, leisure centres, youth<br />
centres, libraries, adult education<br />
centres<br />
Content and design Web<br />
information improved. Links from all<br />
service web pages.<br />
Free Internet access from cultural<br />
venues as well as libraries.<br />
Service and Cross-service/partner<br />
opportunities planned and<br />
provided. To Include e.g.:<br />
IT skills, work placements,<br />
arts/theatre experience/training,<br />
life-guard training, career<br />
development information through<br />
links to Connexions. MA<br />
courses(leisure).<br />
Programme developed<br />
Years ! & 2<br />
Year 3<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 77
Priority Actions Partners Outputs Timescale<br />
A5 Promote healthy living and<br />
encourage the adoption <strong>of</strong> active<br />
life-styles through cultural<br />
provision and activities.<br />
Cultural Services<br />
Healthy <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Green Spaces<br />
Community<br />
organisations<br />
Social Services<br />
Cross-service programme for<br />
older people developed. and<br />
delivered<br />
Inter -generational project<br />
planned and delivered<br />
Year 2<br />
By Year 3<br />
Years 1-3<br />
Programme developed by<br />
services over 3 year period.<br />
To include<br />
GP Referral<br />
Fitness provision<br />
Sport in Parks<br />
Health Fair<br />
Writing/reading groups<br />
Walks programme<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 78
B1<br />
Theme: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Spaces & Places<br />
Priority Actions Partners Outputs Timescale<br />
Widen access to and<br />
Strategy developed and agreed Within Year 1<br />
benefit from <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s<br />
cultural spaces and<br />
places<br />
Revise the Sports and Recreation<br />
strategy bringing together Leisure<br />
Facilities, Green Spaces, Sports<br />
Development, schools, Uxbridge<br />
College and Brunel University and<br />
the sports voluntary sector to<br />
maximise the sports opportunities<br />
both indoor and outdoor in<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong>.<br />
Leisure Service<br />
Green Spaces team<br />
Schools<br />
Brunel University,<br />
Uxbridge College<br />
Sports voluntary sector<br />
West <strong>London</strong> providers<br />
B1 Develop the Arts strategy Arts Service<br />
Brunel University<br />
Schools<br />
Community partners<br />
West <strong>London</strong> partners<br />
Service partners<br />
B1 Promote interest in green spaces<br />
and public spaces through<br />
engaging with local people in<br />
initiatives such Minet Country Park<br />
and a street arts festival. Support<br />
Town Centre Managers and work<br />
with community safety groups and<br />
the private sector to enliven town<br />
centres and make them safe and<br />
attractive places for everyone.<br />
Green Spaces team<br />
Arts Service<br />
Healthy <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Town Centre managers<br />
and Town Centre groups<br />
Community Safety Team<br />
Community groups<br />
Schools<br />
Strategy implemented<br />
Strategy developed and agreed<br />
Strategy implemented<br />
Collaborative programme<br />
developed by year 3 to include<br />
Events in Parks programme<br />
(Green Spaces strategy)<br />
Medieval Festival at Manor Farm<br />
Uxbridge Street Arts Festival<br />
Years 2 & 3<br />
Year 1 /2<br />
Years 2/3<br />
By year 3<br />
B1 Enable personal engagement with<br />
our history by developing public<br />
access to the rich collection <strong>of</strong><br />
archives and artefacts in<br />
partnership with Brunel University<br />
Library Service<br />
Brunel University<br />
Local Studies and<br />
Family History Groups<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Race Equality<br />
'Bridging the gap' oral history<br />
project completed, with travelling<br />
exhibition.<br />
(If HLF bid successful) 'Heritage<br />
Year 1<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 79
Theme: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Spaces & Places<br />
Priority Actions Partners Outputs Timescale<br />
and other local partners.<br />
Council<br />
Schools<br />
builds bridges' joint project makes<br />
archives accessible on-line and<br />
digitised on HGfl<br />
Year 1 to 3<br />
B2<br />
Work to improve the<br />
quality and range <strong>of</strong><br />
cultural facilities<br />
Ensure we provide a<br />
range <strong>of</strong> appropriate<br />
facilities for children and<br />
young people<br />
Support the Education, Youth &<br />
Leisure Asset Management<br />
Review plan for new leisure<br />
provision, the opportunities to<br />
refurbish and renew <strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s<br />
libraries, and plans for enhanced<br />
Adult Education and Youth Service<br />
facilities to revitalise <strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s<br />
cultural and lifelong learning<br />
facilities.<br />
Initiate a strategic review <strong>of</strong> new<br />
cultural facility provision with our<br />
partners within the borough<br />
including schools, Uxbridge<br />
College and Brunel University and<br />
with neighbouring boroughs to<br />
ensure that we maximise the<br />
potential benefits to residents and<br />
visitors.<br />
Work with Youth Services to<br />
support the delivery <strong>of</strong> the Youth<br />
Plan and seek to maximise links<br />
with cultural activities and<br />
providers in meeting the cultural<br />
and development needs <strong>of</strong> young<br />
people.<br />
Cultural Services<br />
Schools<br />
Brunel University<br />
Uxbridge College<br />
Youth Service<br />
Adult Education<br />
Property Services<br />
Cultural Services<br />
Schools<br />
Brunel University<br />
Uxbridge College<br />
Private providers<br />
Neighbouring <strong>Borough</strong>s<br />
Property Services<br />
Cultural Services<br />
Youth Service<br />
Work progressed with partners<br />
towards a borough museum<br />
Progress made in providing<br />
accessible, attractive, 'fit for<br />
purpose' cultural and lifelong<br />
learning facilities for <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Years 1-3<br />
Years 1-3<br />
Strategic review completed End year 2<br />
Best Value Review action plan for<br />
review <strong>of</strong> Compass Theatre in<br />
partnership with youth service and<br />
other agencies completed<br />
Joint project to deliver mystery<br />
shopper programme to enable<br />
Year 1<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 80
Theme: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Spaces & Places<br />
Priority Actions Partners Outputs Timescale<br />
young people scrutinising the<br />
delivery <strong>of</strong> services.<br />
Plan developed for promoting<br />
services and events through<br />
schools<br />
B3 Work with the Green Spaces team<br />
and other agencies to support the<br />
development <strong>of</strong> play provision, and<br />
conservation activities for young<br />
people.<br />
Cultural Services<br />
Youth Services<br />
Green Spaces team<br />
On-going action plan developed Year 2 & 3<br />
Green Spaces strategy supported Year 1<br />
and on-going<br />
B4<br />
Preserve and enhance<br />
natural and built heritage<br />
Continue to contribute to a<br />
borough wide approach to<br />
supporting the built and natural<br />
environment to ensure we speak<br />
with a single voice to funding and<br />
other supporting agencies.<br />
Cultural Services<br />
Environment Services<br />
Voluntary sector<br />
External Funding <strong>of</strong>ficer<br />
Common approach agreed with<br />
regular review and liaison process<br />
Year 1<br />
and on-going<br />
Support projects to restore and<br />
conserve <strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s built and<br />
natural heritage such as the Manor<br />
Farm Site, Ruislip Woodlands and<br />
the Lido, Barra Hall and park etc,<br />
to enable greater public access<br />
and interpretation.<br />
Cultural Services<br />
Green Spaces team<br />
Community support<br />
groups<br />
Schools<br />
External funding achieved to<br />
enable major projects to proceed<br />
within the timescale <strong>of</strong> the<br />
strategy<br />
Link to Priority A4 to develop<br />
publicity and promotion <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s heritage<br />
Years 1 to 3<br />
By year 2<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 81
C1<br />
C2<br />
C3<br />
Theme: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Partners<br />
Priority Actions Partners Outputs Timescale<br />
Work with other cultural Develop a Cultural Strategy Group Cultural Services, other Strategy regularly reviewed and Year 1 to 3<br />
providers to help deliver <strong>of</strong> service representatives and key partners<br />
monitored<br />
the Cultural Strategy’s partners to monitor and develop the<br />
priorities and to ensure strategy.<br />
a high pr<strong>of</strong>ile for<br />
Years 1 to 3<br />
cultural development to Ensure the linkage <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Local Strategic<br />
Cultural Strategy themes and<br />
help meet quality <strong>of</strong> life Strategy to the development <strong>of</strong> the Partnership<br />
activities adopted through the<br />
objectives for the Community Plan.<br />
Lifelong<br />
planning process for inclusion in<br />
borough<br />
Learning/Cultural the Community Plan..<br />
Extend working links<br />
with other<br />
services/agencies<br />
Enhance community<br />
role <strong>of</strong> cultural facilities<br />
Initiate a series <strong>of</strong> bi-lateral and<br />
group meetings with key partners to<br />
assess current linkages between<br />
their programmes and to develop<br />
ways in which cultural activity can<br />
help meet their social and<br />
community objectives.<br />
Work with sub-regional and regional<br />
partners to maximise benefits for<br />
provision in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>.<br />
Explore ways in which the cultural<br />
facilities in the borough could<br />
provide access for the community<br />
to a wider range <strong>of</strong> information and<br />
inter-action with the Council, in<br />
partnership with other services.<br />
.<br />
Development Group<br />
Cultural Services<br />
Wide range <strong>of</strong> other<br />
agencies and services<br />
Cultural Services<br />
Cultural Services<br />
HIP Customer contact<br />
project team<br />
Corporate IT<br />
HGfl<br />
Other Council Services<br />
On-going discussion process and<br />
the implementation <strong>of</strong> joint working<br />
on projects<br />
Development projects within<br />
Westwords, (Literature),WELIC for<br />
Libraries, Western Wedge for Arts,<br />
<strong>London</strong> West LSC, <strong>London</strong><br />
Libraries Development Agency<br />
identified and delivered<br />
Feasibility started for First Stop<br />
access t o the Council for the<br />
community and the use <strong>of</strong> cultural<br />
facilities as community base for<br />
other services.<br />
If agreed, schemes progressed<br />
and delivered<br />
Years 1 - 3<br />
Years 1 to 3<br />
Year 1<br />
Years 2 & 3<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 82
A REVIEW OF THE ANIMAL WELFARE CHARTER ITEM 5<br />
SUMMARY<br />
Contact Officer: Peggy Law<br />
Telephone: 01895 277403<br />
The report details a review <strong>of</strong> the Animal Welfare Charter summarising progress and<br />
achievements made since its endorsement in 2001. The report also includes some<br />
proposed amendments to the Charter and a summary <strong>of</strong> draft animal welfare<br />
legislation currently being considered by government.<br />
RECOMMENDATION<br />
That Cabinet:<br />
1. Notes progress being made since the endorsement <strong>of</strong> the Charter.<br />
2. Agrees to the proposed amendments to the Animal Welfare Charter.<br />
3. Instructs <strong>of</strong>ficers to carry out a review <strong>of</strong> the Charter once the Animal<br />
Welfare legislation is implemented.<br />
REASONS FOR RECOMMENDATION<br />
To ensure that the Charter is kept under review and to take on board the implications<br />
<strong>of</strong> proposed new legislation.<br />
ALTERNATIVE OPTIONS AVAILABLE<br />
The Cabinet could instruct <strong>of</strong>ficers to carry out further work at this stage.<br />
OVERVIEW & SCRUTINY COMMITTEE COMMENTS<br />
The Overview & Scrutiny Committee did not ask to comment on the report.<br />
INFORMATION<br />
1. The Environment Committee endorsed the Animal Welfare Charter on 2 nd<br />
October 2001, which is appended to this report. It was agreed that the Charter<br />
would be reviewed regularly and if necessary revised from time to time to reflect<br />
changes in legislation and other relevant issues.<br />
2. The recent review is focussed on three areas as follows:<br />
• Progress and achievements made since the endorsement <strong>of</strong> the Charter<br />
• Amendments to the Charter as a result <strong>of</strong> policy developments and further<br />
comments from the RSPCA<br />
• Recent developments and proposals on animal welfare legislation and the<br />
Hunting Bill.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 83
A Review on Progress and Achievements<br />
3. The following are a summary <strong>of</strong> the progress and achievements made since the<br />
endorsement <strong>of</strong> the Charter:<br />
• A Local Biodiversity Action Plan is being developed to encourage and protect<br />
biodiversity in the borough.<br />
• A general enforcement policy has been developed for enforcement work, which<br />
includes dealing with unlicensed animal boarding and breeding establishments<br />
and licence contraventions. It is anticipated that once the proposed Animal<br />
Welfare Bill becomes an Act, it would enhance local authorities’ role in respect<br />
<strong>of</strong> promoting animal welfare through advice, education, inspection, enforcement<br />
and prosecution.<br />
• In response to many residents who were experiencing problems with urban<br />
foxes, general information and detailed practical advice on the use <strong>of</strong> repellent<br />
to deter foxes has been made available on Council’s website, <strong>Hillingdon</strong> People<br />
and in leaflet form. Further information on responsible dog ownership is to be<br />
introduced on the website. It is hoped that we could continually build on the<br />
amount <strong>of</strong> information and advice available on the website and eventually cover<br />
all aspects <strong>of</strong> animal welfare.<br />
• In order to encourage responsible dog ownership, a publicity campaign<br />
involving the issuing <strong>of</strong> penalty notices for littering and dog fouling is being<br />
planned in conjunction with the police. By consolidating the enforcement<br />
actions, it makes a more effective use <strong>of</strong> the resources and sends a clear<br />
message that such anti-social behaviour is unacceptable.<br />
• Close liaison has been developed between Animal Control Officers (ACO),<br />
Entertainment Licensing Officers and Leisure Services to ensure that ACOs are<br />
informed <strong>of</strong> all forthcoming events involving animals. Whenever possible, ACOs<br />
will attend events where live animals are involved to protect the welfare <strong>of</strong> the<br />
animals.<br />
• For the Animal Welfare Charter to be meaningful, it is important to raise public<br />
awareness on animal welfare issues. It is important to show how the policies in<br />
the Charter are being implemented in a practical way. To this end, an article is<br />
being planned in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> People to illustrate some <strong>of</strong> the animal welfare<br />
issues being tackled by our ACOs.<br />
Proposed Amendments to the Charter<br />
4. The following relates to comments received from the RSPCA.<br />
5. In Section 1.2 <strong>of</strong> the Charter as attached, it is probably more appropriate to use<br />
the term ‘animal freedom’ rather than ‘animal rights’ which is <strong>of</strong>ten associated with<br />
animal rights activists whereas the intended meaning is associated with animal<br />
welfare.<br />
6. In section 1.3 <strong>of</strong> the Charter, the five basic freedoms were first developed by the<br />
Farm Animal Welfare Council (FAWC) and have since gained increasing acceptance<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 84
within Government, veterinary and animal welfare groups as the basic principles,<br />
which should govern the care <strong>of</strong> all animals. It is suggested that ‘RSPCA’ should be<br />
replaced with ‘Farm Animal Welfare Council’.<br />
7. The fifth freedom as stipulated by the FAWC is ‘freedom to express normal<br />
behaviour’ and not ‘freedom from unnecessary constraint’.<br />
8. There were other comments made regarding provision <strong>of</strong> further information and<br />
clarifications on licensing <strong>of</strong> pet shops, boarding and breeding establishments, riding<br />
establishments, training <strong>of</strong> staff etc. It is felt that such details should not be in the<br />
Charter but could be made available separately, either as an appendix to the Charter<br />
or as information leaflets and published on our web site. This area <strong>of</strong> work will form<br />
part <strong>of</strong> the next review.<br />
9. Other updates relate to Section 1.1 <strong>of</strong> the Charter, the Animal Control Service<br />
was not included in the Best Value Review in 2002 and the last sentence should be<br />
deleted.<br />
10. In section 2.3 <strong>of</strong> the Charter, it is suggested that the second action concerning<br />
biodiversity should be deleted and replaced with the following. ‘A Local Biodiversity<br />
Action Plan (LBAP) is being produced, which is a plan <strong>of</strong> action for protecting<br />
conserving and enhancing wildlife, at a local level. LBAPs focus resources to<br />
conserve and enhance biodiversity by means <strong>of</strong> local partnerships, taking account <strong>of</strong><br />
both national priorities, including rare and endangered species, and local priorities<br />
identified by local communities’.<br />
Animal Welfare Bill<br />
11. The Government is proposing to introduce an Animal Welfare Bill that would<br />
consolidate the existing animal protection legislation. It is widely acknowledged that<br />
the current laws on animal welfare is fragmented and requires updating.<br />
The main aims <strong>of</strong> the bill are:<br />
• The improvement <strong>of</strong> the enforcement regime and to promote coherent animal<br />
welfare policies.<br />
• Extension <strong>of</strong> the current licensing arrangements operated by local authorities in<br />
respect <strong>of</strong> certain businesses that keep animals as part <strong>of</strong> their trade, to include<br />
other types <strong>of</strong> animal establishment.<br />
12. The bill may also enhance local authorities’ role in respect <strong>of</strong> animal health and<br />
welfare and could include provision <strong>of</strong> advice, education, inspection, enforcement<br />
and prosecution. It is recognised that local authorities currently have limited statutory<br />
responsibility for the enforcement <strong>of</strong> animal health and welfare legislation.<br />
13. Once the Animal Welfare Bill becomes an Act, the current scope <strong>of</strong> the Charter<br />
may need to be extended to reflect the legislative changes. It may also be necessary<br />
to re-examine and revise the format <strong>of</strong> the Charter to ensure that policy statements<br />
remain clear and given sufficient emphasis. It is therefore proposed that the Charter<br />
is reviewed and revised once the legislation is implemented.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 85
Hunting Bill<br />
14. The Bill remains in limbo following its passage through the Houses <strong>of</strong> Parliament<br />
last year. It was amended by the Lords to allow hunting to continue under a<br />
registration scheme. When the Bill returned to the House <strong>of</strong> Commons, the<br />
government put forward a late amendment to the Bill, which would have allowed<br />
dogs to continue to be used below ground in certain circumstances. Although the Bill<br />
was left out <strong>of</strong> the Queen’s Speech in November 2003, assurances were given by<br />
government that the hunting issue will be resolved in this parliament.<br />
CORPORATE CONSULTATIONS CARRIED OUT<br />
Finance<br />
15. The recommendations to agree the amendments and to carry out a review have<br />
no financial implications.<br />
Legal<br />
16. Members should note that at present no direct legal issues arise from the report.<br />
BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />
Animal Welfare Charter<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 86
Animal Welfare Charter<br />
1.0 The animal welfare charter provides an opportunity for animal welfare issues<br />
to be promoted and to send a clear message to the community the Council’s<br />
commitment to animal welfare and its strong opposition to cruelty to animals.<br />
1.1 This charter identifies a number <strong>of</strong> areas where the Council can promote and<br />
bring about improvement in the health and welfare <strong>of</strong> animals. To ensure that the<br />
Council delivers on these objectives, an action plan will be drawn up and the<br />
performance reviewed and assessed on a regular basis. The assessment process<br />
will be linked to the Council’s Best Value review programme that encourages the use<br />
<strong>of</strong> best practice and setting <strong>of</strong> achievable targets. The Animal Control Service is<br />
scheduled for Best Value Review in 2002.<br />
1.2 The animal welfare charter will be reviewed regularly and if necessary revised<br />
from time to time to reflect changes in legislation and to address local concerns and<br />
specific topical issues.<br />
1.3 This charter enshrines the rights <strong>of</strong> animals to enjoy the five basic freedoms<br />
as supported by the RSPCA:<br />
♦ freedom from hunger and thirst<br />
♦ freedom from discomfort<br />
♦ freedom from pain, injury or disease<br />
♦ freedom from fear and distress<br />
♦ freedom from unnecessary constraint<br />
These five animal rights will form the guiding principles when formulating council<br />
policies on animal welfare. The charter intends to raise awareness on welfare <strong>of</strong><br />
animals and has been prepared within the overall framework <strong>of</strong> our Local Agenda 21<br />
Strategy and Unitary Development Plan (UDP).<br />
There are animal welfare groups who campaign against cruelty to animals such as<br />
the RSPCA, League Against Cruel Sports and many others. This charter will<br />
concentrate on issues that are directly under the Council’s remit where any action<br />
taken is more likely to make a real difference.<br />
Wildlife and habitat conservation<br />
2.0 The <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong> has one <strong>of</strong> the greatest diversity in land<br />
use compared to other <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong>s. It has a unique combination <strong>of</strong><br />
environment, being both rural and urban, with a mix <strong>of</strong> traditional and modern,<br />
industrial and residential developments.<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> has a rich diversity <strong>of</strong> wildlife habitats and species. There are six Sites <strong>of</strong><br />
Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) within the <strong>Borough</strong>. The Council has designated 5<br />
sites within the <strong>Borough</strong> as Local Nature Reserves and the <strong>London</strong> Ecological Unit<br />
has identified a further 11 sites as Sites <strong>of</strong> Metropolitan Importance for Nature<br />
Conservation, 42 sites as Sites <strong>of</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> Importance and 7 sites as Sites <strong>of</strong> Local<br />
Importance. It is the only <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> with a National Nature Reserve, namely<br />
Ruislip Wood, which represents 10% <strong>of</strong> <strong>London</strong>’s semi-natural ancient woodland.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 87
Elsewhere in the <strong>Borough</strong>, the Yeading Valley Park Corridor, the open land adjoining<br />
Ickenham and Ruislip, and even narrow strips <strong>of</strong> open land such as the River Pinn<br />
Corridor and the Grand Union Canal, all link together to form ‘Green Chains’ <strong>of</strong> open<br />
land which extend across the <strong>Borough</strong> boundaries, providing wildlife corridor.<br />
2.1 Many <strong>of</strong> the nature sites also contain rich and diverse aquatic wildlife and<br />
include rivers and watercourses in the <strong>Borough</strong> such as River Colne, R. Frays, R.<br />
Pinn and the Grand Union Canal to the west <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong> and River Crane and<br />
Yeading Brook to the east.<br />
As part <strong>of</strong> our commitment to LA21, it is important to protect, enhance and manage<br />
these rich habitats, to ensure that plant and animal life thrive in these areas. Local<br />
bio-diversity should be encouraged and development constrained within the carrying<br />
capacity <strong>of</strong> the natural environment.<br />
2.2 The Council is committed to<br />
♦ protect and promote the rich diversity <strong>of</strong> habitats within the borough including the<br />
sites <strong>of</strong> special scientific interest, local and other nature reserves<br />
♦ protect wildlife and maintain bio-diversity in these areas<br />
♦ seek to create new habitats to attract a variety <strong>of</strong> wildlife<br />
2.3 Action<br />
‣ This is being achieved through land use planning policies in the borough’s<br />
Unitary Development Plan. The Council will not permit development which would<br />
adversely affect these habitats and nature conservation as a positive land use is<br />
actively promoted<br />
‣ The Greater <strong>London</strong> Authority (GLA) is due to produce a bio-diversity action plan<br />
for <strong>London</strong>. Public consultation will commence in the near future. Once<br />
published, the plan will form the framework <strong>of</strong> an action plan for encouraging and<br />
protecting bio-diversity in the borough<br />
‣ This area <strong>of</strong> work overlaps with our Local Agenda 21 Strategy for <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. This<br />
strategy is based on our commitment to sustainable development through<br />
protecting and enhancing the environment. The strategy seeks to ensure that the<br />
natural environment, (including the urban natural environment) in the borough is<br />
conserved and enhanced.<br />
Improve animal welfare through inspection, licensing and enforcement<br />
3.0 Improvement and protection <strong>of</strong> animal welfare could be achieved by effective<br />
enforcement <strong>of</strong> licensing conditions. Local authorities have the power under a<br />
number <strong>of</strong> legislation to licence pet shops, breeding and boarding establishments,<br />
riding establishments, zoos and dangerous wild animals.<br />
3.1 Under the Pet Animals Act 1951, pet shops have to be licensed by local<br />
authorities to ensure that the welfare <strong>of</strong> the animals is protected. Problems that may<br />
occur in some pet shops include overcrowding <strong>of</strong> animals, lack <strong>of</strong> adequate exercise,<br />
lack <strong>of</strong> proper supervision, inadequate diet, poor hygiene and lack <strong>of</strong> trained staff.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 88
The Council discourages the selling <strong>of</strong> pets without proper regard to the welfare<br />
needs <strong>of</strong> the animal.<br />
3.2 The Breeding <strong>of</strong> Dogs Act 1973 and Animal Boarding Establishments Act<br />
1963 require these premises to be properly managed having regard to the conditions<br />
<strong>of</strong> the accommodation and the welfare <strong>of</strong> the animals in these establishments. The<br />
Breeding <strong>of</strong> Dogs Act 1991 gives local authority power <strong>of</strong> entry to unlicensed dog<br />
breeding establishments, allowing <strong>of</strong>ficers and vets to seek a warrant to inspect<br />
unlicensed premises.<br />
3.3 In addition to maintaining and improving the welfare <strong>of</strong> animals in these<br />
premises, a significant number <strong>of</strong> animals also pass through Heathrow Airport. It is<br />
one <strong>of</strong> the main routes by which live animals are imported into this country through<br />
the Airport’s Live Animal Border Inspection Post. The UK has adopted the<br />
International Air Transport Association’s Live Animal Regulations, which stipulate<br />
conditions to ensure that proper welfare standards are monitored and met. The<br />
Council will continue working in partnership with City <strong>of</strong> <strong>London</strong> Corporation to<br />
ensure that the regulations are rigorously enforced and animal welfare standards are<br />
maintained.<br />
3.4 The Council has an important role to play in preventing cruelty to animals<br />
through enforcement. The present legislation on cruelty to animals is based on the<br />
Protection <strong>of</strong> Animal Act 1911. This has been reinforced over the years by other Acts<br />
<strong>of</strong> Parliament and by statutory regulations. Some parts <strong>of</strong> the legislation apply only to<br />
dogs, whilst other parts apply to other domestic animals and wildlife. The Council will<br />
assist and work in partnership with RSPCA to investigate and whenever possible<br />
prosecute those who perform acts <strong>of</strong> cruelty to animals.<br />
3.5 The Council will<br />
♦ undertake animal welfare inspections to ensure that licensing conditions are met<br />
so as to secure the health and welfare <strong>of</strong> animals in pet shops, in boarding and<br />
breeding establishments. These conditions would seek to ensure such measures<br />
as suitable accommodation, adequate food and drink, precautions to prevent the<br />
spread <strong>of</strong> disease and suitable emergency procedures.<br />
♦ promote responsible ownership <strong>of</strong> exotic pets through licensing conditions.<br />
Many <strong>of</strong> the animals are also listed under the Dangerous Wild Animals Act<br />
♦ in conjunction with veterinary <strong>of</strong>ficers, continue to ensure that horse-riding<br />
establishments comply with licensing conditions. Under the Riding<br />
Establishments Act 1964, there is a requirement for riding establishment to be<br />
licensed and regular inspections carried out by a veterinary surgeon.<br />
♦ take enforcement action to counter unlicensed premises and contravention <strong>of</strong><br />
licence conditions<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 89
♦ continue our partnership with City <strong>of</strong> <strong>London</strong> Corporation to ensure that proper<br />
health and welfare standards <strong>of</strong> all animals imported through Heathrow Airport’s<br />
Live Animal Border Inspection Post are maintained<br />
♦ The Council will assist and work in partnership with RSPCA to investigate and<br />
whenever possible prosecute those who perform acts <strong>of</strong> cruelty to animals<br />
3.6 Action<br />
‣ Review and consolidate existing licensing conditions on pet shops, boarding,<br />
breeding and riding establishments to ensure they meet animal welfare needs.<br />
‣ Develop a robust enforcement policy to deal with unlicensed premises and<br />
licence contraventions<br />
Provision <strong>of</strong> Animal Control Service<br />
4.0 One <strong>of</strong> the key functions <strong>of</strong> the Animal Control Service is to collect stray dogs<br />
and ensure that they are treated in a humane manner and are not subjected to any<br />
further stress or discomfort. On average, the Council collects about 20 stray dogs<br />
per week. Our aim is to actively promote responsible dog ownership and to reduce<br />
the number <strong>of</strong> stray dogs in the <strong>Borough</strong>. As part <strong>of</strong> our campaign, the Council aims<br />
to provide an information pack to raise public awareness on the benefits <strong>of</strong><br />
mircochipping and the neutering <strong>of</strong> cats and dogs. Pet ownership is a partnership<br />
that combines pleasure with responsibility.<br />
4.1 The Council currently provides a microchip implant service for pets and is<br />
being publicised in pet shops and public places. Each microchip is given a unique<br />
number, which is linked to a national microchip identification database. The system<br />
is one <strong>of</strong> the quickest ways <strong>of</strong> returning any lost animal back to its owner.<br />
4.2 The Animal Control Officers also ensure that all reported injured or sick<br />
animals and wildlife receive proper treatment and that they are relieved <strong>of</strong> any pain<br />
and suffering as soon as practicable. Complaints <strong>of</strong> cruelty to domesticated animals;<br />
wildlife and exotic species within the <strong>Borough</strong> are always thoroughly investigated in<br />
conjunction with RSPCA and other welfare organisations with a view to possible<br />
prosecutions.<br />
4.3 The Animal Control Service also plays an important part in providing advice<br />
and support to members <strong>of</strong> the public on aspects <strong>of</strong> less common species <strong>of</strong> animals<br />
such as the removal and re-siting <strong>of</strong> poisonous adder snakes from sensitive areas to<br />
safe areas. Officers will work with the relevant organisations to protect badgers from<br />
disturbance and interference. Practical support is also given to other departments <strong>of</strong><br />
the Council and agencies on evictions involving animals and transport <strong>of</strong> live<br />
animals.<br />
4.4 The Council will<br />
♦ continue to fund and operate a animal control service incorporating animal<br />
welfare as a key element <strong>of</strong> the service<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 90
♦ actively encourage responsible dog ownership by producing an information pact<br />
to raise public awareness<br />
♦ continue to fulfil our legal obligation on the collection and kennelling <strong>of</strong> stray dogs<br />
in the borough<br />
♦ enforce against owners <strong>of</strong> dogs who fail to clear up after their dogs<br />
♦ provide advice on all aspects <strong>of</strong> animal welfare<br />
♦ continue to provide microchip implant service for animals<br />
♦ provide support for removal <strong>of</strong> animals when evictions are carried out<br />
♦ promote responsible pet ownership by enforcement and raising public awareness<br />
4.5 Action<br />
‣ Publicise the microchip implant service by distribution <strong>of</strong> leaflets and public<br />
awareness campaigns<br />
‣ Introduce initiatives to promote animal welfare and responsible dog ownership.<br />
Advice and information on animal welfare to be made more accessible to the<br />
public via the internet<br />
‣ Produce an information pack to encourage responsible pet ownership and<br />
highlight the importance <strong>of</strong> the following:<br />
a) Microhipping<br />
b) Neutering <strong>of</strong> cats and dogs<br />
c) Meeting the welfare needs <strong>of</strong> the animals<br />
d) Social responsibilities such as keeping dogs under control in public places,<br />
clean up after their dogs and making sure that they do not cause a noise<br />
nuisance to neighbours by persistent barking<br />
Influence the use <strong>of</strong> Council land for events to ensure good animal welfare<br />
practice<br />
5.0 As landowners, local authorities have the power to refuse permission for<br />
certain activities to take place on their land. These activities include hunting with<br />
dogs, animal circuses, tethering <strong>of</strong> horses and ponies and giving animal prizes.<br />
Hunting with dogs include a range <strong>of</strong> activities such as fox hunting, stag hunting and<br />
hare coursing. In hare coursing, beagles or harriers are used to chase the hare and<br />
the aim is not to kill the hare – although some are caught and killed, but to test the<br />
speed and agility <strong>of</strong> the dogs.<br />
5.1 Hunting with dogs is considered by many, including the RSPCA and other<br />
animal welfare organisations, to be cruel. A number <strong>of</strong> options are currently being<br />
considered by Government, which includes a complete ban on hunting with dogs, or<br />
allow only licensed events. The Youth and Leisure Sub-Committee in 1999<br />
supported a ban on activities relating to hunting with dogs at all future Middlesex<br />
Country Show which takes place annually in the <strong>Borough</strong>.<br />
5.2 In respect <strong>of</strong> animal circuses, the Leisure Sub-Committee on 10 October 1995<br />
reviewed the policy on the letting <strong>of</strong> Council owned sites to circuses. The committee<br />
resolved that sites be let only to circuses which are members <strong>of</strong> the Association <strong>of</strong><br />
Circus Proprietors and that do not include live animal acts in their programmes.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 91
5.3 The Council will enforce the Protection Against Cruel Tethering Act 1988 and<br />
will not allow tethering <strong>of</strong> horses and ponies as a method <strong>of</strong> keeping equines on a<br />
permanent basis when there is no regular daily exercise. If tethering is temporary or<br />
regular daily exercise is provided then Code <strong>of</strong> Practice for tethering horses and<br />
ponies should be followed.<br />
5.4 The Council will<br />
♦ ensure that where animals are involved in public display or performances, their<br />
welfare and conditions are inspected and regulated<br />
♦ ban animal circuses from council owned sites where it is legal to do so and it is<br />
supported by local interested groups<br />
♦ enforce the Protection Against Cruel Tethering Act 1988<br />
♦ discourage animals being given as prizes usually with little or no preparation for<br />
the welfare needs <strong>of</strong> the animal<br />
♦ oppose the use <strong>of</strong> all snares and traps to control pests which would cause<br />
unnecessary suffering<br />
5.5 Action<br />
‣ Closer liaison with entertainment licensing <strong>of</strong>ficers and leisure services to ensure<br />
that events involving performing animals are monitored<br />
‣ Review current policies on the use <strong>of</strong> Council land for events involving animals.<br />
Where it is lawful to do so, incorporate relevant policies to protect the welfare <strong>of</strong><br />
animals<br />
Ensure that animal welfare is considered in Council policies when carrying out<br />
its functions either as service provider or as purchaser <strong>of</strong> goods and services<br />
6.0 The Council will<br />
♦ ensure that all pest control treatments are carried out humanely and by trained<br />
and experienced operatives<br />
♦ introduce animal welfare measures into council emergency plans<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 92
HILLINGDON BOROUGH TRANSPORT<br />
STRATEGY: RESPONSE TO THE PRELIMINARY<br />
CONSULTATION<br />
ITEM 6<br />
Contact Officers: Janet Rangeley/Veronica Pinto<br />
Telephone: 01895 250553/01895 250000 ext 2449<br />
SUMMARY<br />
Since July 2003, <strong>of</strong>ficers have been developing the <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy. Part<br />
<strong>of</strong> this has included undertaking preliminary consultations with a diversity <strong>of</strong><br />
organisations and individuals within the <strong>Borough</strong>’s business and residential<br />
community to assist in the identification <strong>of</strong> the key issues affecting the community<br />
and the priorities for the strategy’s action plan. This report provides Cabinet with<br />
details <strong>of</strong> the outcomes <strong>of</strong> the preliminary consultations and informs members <strong>of</strong> the<br />
next stages and timetable for progressing towards the target date for adoption <strong>of</strong><br />
June/July2004.<br />
RECOMMENDATIONS<br />
That Cabinet:<br />
(a) Agrees the contents <strong>of</strong> the report,<br />
(b) approves the timetable for the next stages in preparing the <strong>Borough</strong><br />
Transport Strategy as detailed in paragraph 14 <strong>of</strong> the report, and<br />
(c) requests <strong>of</strong>ficers to bring the draft <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy to the next<br />
meeting <strong>of</strong> Cabinet for consideration for formal consultation purposes.<br />
REASON FOR OFFICER RECOMMENDATIONS<br />
The <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy will provide:-<br />
• an essential framework for the Council’s <strong>Borough</strong> Spending Plan,<br />
• a contribution to the emerging Local Development Framework, and<br />
• a significant component to implementing the Council’s Community Plan. As<br />
such, it has been included as a medium term objective in the Leader’s<br />
Statement and a target date <strong>of</strong> June/July 2004 set for the adoption <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Strategy.<br />
In order to meet this timescale and for Cabinet to gain an appreciation <strong>of</strong> the issues,<br />
as identified by the <strong>Borough</strong>’s community prior to considering the draft Transport<br />
Strategy <strong>of</strong>ficers, have submitted this report for consideration.<br />
OPTIONS AVAILABLE<br />
There are none.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 93
OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMENT<br />
This Cabinet report on the response to the preliminary consultation will be on the<br />
agenda for the proposed Overview and Scrutiny meeting <strong>of</strong> 1sr March and any<br />
comments will be reported to the Cabinet meeting on 4 th March.<br />
INFORMATION<br />
1. In May/June 2003, work commenced on preparing <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s <strong>Borough</strong><br />
Transport Strategy (BTS). Two <strong>of</strong>ficer working groups have been established to<br />
ensure that the strategy is both a corporate document and also provides the<br />
framework for the future bids within the Council’s Annual <strong>Borough</strong> Spending Plan<br />
submission.<br />
(a) a representative Internal Working Group comprising <strong>of</strong> Council <strong>of</strong>ficers meets<br />
regularly to provide input on detailed transport issues into the Strategy,<br />
including parking, air quality, cycling, road safety, planning, traffic management,<br />
etc. Secondly, and in conjunction with this, a Corporate Steering Group has<br />
been established to ensure that the different issues such as health, education<br />
and air quality are integrated into the Strategy, and<br />
(b) practical issues highlighted by the Internal Working Group are considered by<br />
corporate heads, local-strategic partners and stakeholders such as HAVS<br />
(<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Association <strong>of</strong> Voluntary Services) and Healthy <strong>Hillingdon</strong> and taken<br />
forward into the various themes <strong>of</strong> the emerging strategy.<br />
2. Both these groups have been instrumental in developing the preliminary<br />
consultation for the Transport Strategy, which is detailed in paragraphs 2 to 13 <strong>of</strong> this<br />
report. The strategy once adopted will contribute to the Council’s Local<br />
Implementation Plan for Transport - a requirement <strong>of</strong> Local Authorities by Central<br />
Government.<br />
Preliminary Consultation<br />
3. The overarching themes <strong>of</strong> the Transport Strategy are to be based on the<br />
Community Plan objectives. In order to establish the key issues facing the borough’s<br />
business and residential community, a period <strong>of</strong> preliminary consultation has been<br />
undertaken between June 2003 and January 2004. The outcome <strong>of</strong> this consultation<br />
is detailed in the report and the key issues, concerns and comments raised have<br />
enabled priorities to be identified in developing the Strategy. Many <strong>of</strong> the local details<br />
(topic and location) are being considered as <strong>of</strong>ficers prepare the transport action<br />
plan which is the implementation element <strong>of</strong> the Strategy.<br />
4. In developing the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Transport Strategy, extensive public consultation has<br />
been conducted to reach as many stakeholders as possible. Briefly, consultation<br />
exercises have involved:<br />
• Stakeholder meetings undertaken with key groups, including the Hayes Town<br />
Partnership, Uxbridge Initiative, the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Cycling Working Group,<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 94
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Chamber <strong>of</strong> Commerce and DASH in the <strong>Borough</strong> initiated the<br />
consultation process.<br />
• Public Consultation with <strong>Borough</strong> residents and tenants associations (see<br />
Appendix 1.<br />
• An Internet questionnaire linked to an article in ‘<strong>Hillingdon</strong> People’.<br />
• A very successful <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Conference in November 2003 with a<br />
cross representation <strong>of</strong> interests (see Appendix 2)<br />
• Presentations made to the Environment Overview and Scrutiny Committee<br />
which has the <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy as part <strong>of</strong> its work programme for<br />
2003/04.<br />
5. On the 24 th November 2003, the <strong>Borough</strong> hosted its first conference on transport<br />
in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. Nearly 100 delegates represented transport users and operators and<br />
included Transport for <strong>London</strong>, Healthy <strong>Hillingdon</strong> and Primary Care Trust (PCT), the<br />
Disablement Association <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong> (DASH), <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Carers, Metropolitan<br />
Police, BME groups, <strong>London</strong> Cycling Campaign, HAVS, the Uxbridge Initiative, BAA<br />
and other local businesses. Comments and issues arising from the earlier<br />
preliminary consultations with some <strong>of</strong> the key stakeholders held June – September<br />
2003, were instrumental in developing the themes and workshops at the Conference.<br />
Presentations were given on:-<br />
• the need for and the context to the <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy;<br />
• the participation process for developing the Strategy.<br />
• freight<br />
• mobility<br />
• Green Travel Plans<br />
• Safer Routes to School, and<br />
• Health.<br />
6. These were followed by five workshops on the following themes:-<br />
• Air quality and transportation<br />
• Business<br />
• General accessibility issues<br />
• Parking<br />
• Public transport<br />
7. Details <strong>of</strong> the outcomes from the various workshops are contained in Appendix 3,<br />
but the main issues focused on:-<br />
• local flexibility <strong>of</strong> the parking standards,<br />
• better enforcement <strong>of</strong> parking regulations particularly along bus lanes and at<br />
bus stops to allow the free flow <strong>of</strong> traffic.<br />
• Costly parking fees, including those for <strong>London</strong> Underground.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 95
• Promote park and ride (for local commuters) as it could be effective<br />
• Parking controls (particularly Parking Management Areas for residential areas)<br />
and enforcement<br />
• Local bus services successful especially at Hayes, but poor links north-south.<br />
• Need for schools to plan for public transport access to them and encourage<br />
school travel plans.<br />
• Need for improvements to public transport for disabled people, the elderly and<br />
young families<br />
• Need to promote clean vehicles<br />
• Better integration <strong>of</strong> the transport system, encouraging the use <strong>of</strong> canals and<br />
waterways.<br />
• Concentrate on local transport initiatives<br />
• Undertake disability audit and set up a mobility forum<br />
• Improved design <strong>of</strong> disabled persons parking spaces<br />
• Better public transport information and access to it<br />
• Encourage green travel plans for local businesses<br />
• 20mph zones (home zones) to be identified<br />
• need for a heavy commercial vehicles strategy to deal with problems <strong>of</strong> freight<br />
on <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s roads<br />
• freight vehicles in bus lanes contribute to congestion<br />
• public transport linkages to the west (into the Counties) need to be improved.<br />
8. Overall, the feedback from the <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Conference has been very<br />
positive. Many key issues have been identified and discussed and will be invaluable<br />
in developing the Transport Strategy. The Conference was successful as a platform<br />
for engaging stakeholders in developing the Transport Strategy and many delegates<br />
have expressed an interest in further transport discussion forums as the strategy<br />
emerges. Officers are currently considering the detailed outcome from the various<br />
workshops and other consultations<br />
Stakeholder Consultation<br />
9. A range <strong>of</strong> interest groups, residents associations and individuals has been<br />
consulted on the <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy. More recently <strong>of</strong>ficers have been able<br />
to consult those groups who were unable to attend the Conference. This has<br />
included a presentation to the Connecting Communities Consortium, the translation<br />
<strong>of</strong> the Transport Strategy website questionnaire into minority languages and a link to<br />
the Transport Strategy website in the HAVS website which will enable responses to<br />
the Strategy questionnaire from minority groups. In December 2003, <strong>of</strong>ficers<br />
contributed to the motorists’ forum now established and will be considering how<br />
issues raised at the first and subsequent meetings can be incorporated into the<br />
emerging strategy. Further consultation involves <strong>of</strong>ficers making a presentation and<br />
holding a discussion session at the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Youth Council Conference and the<br />
Joint Strategy Group for Physical and Sensory Disabilities in February 2004 and are<br />
currently investigating involvement in the Voluntary Services Health and Social<br />
Carers Forum, the Disability Forum and the Older Persons Assembly.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 96
Local Residents Groups / Associations<br />
10. The consultant commissioned to assist in the consultation part <strong>of</strong> developing the<br />
strategy has met with various local tenants and residents associations (see Appendix<br />
1 to this report) and will complete this work by the end <strong>of</strong> January. Cabinet should<br />
note that the list is not comprehensive as it reflects only those groups which<br />
responded to the invitation from the consultant to attend their meetings to consult on<br />
the <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy. Officers are keen to extend this consultation to<br />
other residents’ associations and local groups during the formal consultation period<br />
proposed for mid April to late May In a structured approach, the consultant sought<br />
views on the following six overall objectives:<br />
• To improve safety<br />
• To improve health and the general quality <strong>of</strong> life in local streets<br />
• To improve the overall reliability <strong>of</strong> the transport system<br />
• To improve access to transport<br />
• To promote economic regeneration and support local business<br />
• To encourage greater use <strong>of</strong> public transport, cycling and walking<br />
• To achieve greater understanding <strong>of</strong> the issues and greater consensus on the<br />
way forward<br />
11. The key findings from this consultation exercise include:-<br />
• the need to improve safety through accident reduction and enforcement <strong>of</strong> lower<br />
speeds,<br />
• improve reliability <strong>of</strong> and access to public transport,<br />
• the provision <strong>of</strong> short term parking to support local shops, and<br />
• the opposition to cycle lanes.<br />
Questionnaires<br />
12. The local community and interest groups have been able to provide comments<br />
on transport in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> via an on-line questionnaire and a similar hard-copy<br />
questionnaire, in connection with the first in a series <strong>of</strong> articles in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> People<br />
(October/November 2003 issue). 77 responses were received on-line and 16 people<br />
completed the hard-copy questionnaire. Although not a statistically valid sample, to<br />
date, the questionnaires have provided a useful insight into the public view <strong>of</strong><br />
transport in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. Respondents rated the public transport in the <strong>Borough</strong> as<br />
average and commented on the bus and tube services, lack <strong>of</strong> good north-south<br />
links, and the continuity and reliability <strong>of</strong> the public transport service.<br />
13. From the questionnaire analysis, four key challenges / issues facing those<br />
travelling in the <strong>Borough</strong> were identified as:<br />
• Congestion;<br />
• Need to improve the public transport system;<br />
• Traffic calming / safety; and<br />
• Parking and related issues<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 97
14. The most frequently raised issues included:<br />
• The continued promotion <strong>of</strong> walking and cycling initiatives<br />
• The provision <strong>of</strong> cheap all-day car parks<br />
• Regard for motorists<br />
• West <strong>London</strong> Tram<br />
15. Together with the analysis <strong>of</strong> consultation responses from local residents<br />
associations, a summary <strong>of</strong> which will be included in the next issue <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
People (February/March 2004), the feedback from questionnaires will be considered<br />
as part <strong>of</strong> the emerging <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy. Further responses to the<br />
Strategy questionnaire are expected in the future as a link to the questionnaire is<br />
currently available on the HAVS website.<br />
Transport Operators<br />
16. Officers are due to seek views/discuss the transport strategy with transport<br />
operators and will be integrating comments and operator priorities into the emerging<br />
strategy for further consideration.<br />
Next Stages<br />
17. As indicated in the paragraph containing the reason for the <strong>of</strong>ficer<br />
recommendations in this report, there is a commitment to achieve the adoption <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy by June/July 2004. Table 1 below details the stages<br />
towards meeting that target.<br />
Table 1<br />
STAGES<br />
TIMESCALE<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Youth Council Conference: Presentation and discussion 26 February 2004<br />
(am)<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Assembly for Physically Disabled and Sensory Impaired<br />
People<br />
Prepare for advertising consultation programme in: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> People<br />
in the April/May issue, other publications, and the Transport Strategy<br />
website<br />
Environment Overview and Scrutiny Committee:<br />
Consideration <strong>of</strong> 4 th March Cabinet report on response to the<br />
preliminary consultation<br />
26 February 2004<br />
(pm)<br />
March 2004<br />
1 st March 2004<br />
Cabinet :Consider the report on preliminary consultation response 4 th March 2004<br />
Environment Overview and Scrutiny: consider Cabinet report on<br />
draft Transport Strategy<br />
29 th March 2004<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 98
All Members seminar on the content <strong>of</strong> the draft <strong>Borough</strong> Transport<br />
Strategy (BTS) and programme <strong>of</strong> consultation as contained in the<br />
1 st April Cabinet report.<br />
Cabinet: consider draft <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy for formal<br />
consultation<br />
Formal consultation on the draft BTS<br />
30 th March 2004<br />
7-9pm<br />
1 st April 2004<br />
Mid April– mid/late<br />
May 2004<br />
Presentation to and consultation with the Local Strategic Partnership 19 April 2004<br />
Environment Overview and Scrutiny Committee: consider Cabinet<br />
report on the final Transport Strategy for adoption<br />
June 2004<br />
Cabinet : consider final Transport Strategy for adoption June 2004<br />
BOROUGH SOLICITOR’S COMMENTS<br />
18. There are none to be reported at this stage in the preparation <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong><br />
Transport Strategy.<br />
DIRECTOR OF FINANCE COMMENTS<br />
19. All <strong>of</strong> the costs incurred in preparing the strategy are being met from existing<br />
Planning and Transportation Services’ budgets and also from the Parking Revenue<br />
Account, which has funding ring-fenced specifically to meet the costs <strong>of</strong> preparing<br />
the <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy.<br />
BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />
<strong>Borough</strong> Transport Conference 24 th November 2003: feedback from the workshops.<br />
Consultant’s analyses <strong>of</strong> comments from individual questionnaires and residents and<br />
tenants’ association meetings.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 99
APPENDIX 1<br />
Residents and Tenants Associations consulted September 2003 – January 2004.<br />
• Hayes Town Centre Residents Association<br />
• Cranford Cross Residents Association<br />
• Harefield Tenants and Residents Association<br />
• Whitehall Residents Association<br />
• Harmondworth and Sipson Residents Association<br />
• Harlington Residents Association<br />
• <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Alliance <strong>of</strong> Residents Associations<br />
• North Uxbridge Residents Association<br />
• Northwood Hills Residents Association<br />
• Violet Avenue Tenants and Residents Association<br />
• Northwood Residents Association<br />
• <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Tenants and Residents Association.<br />
Residents and Tenants Associations that did not respond are:<br />
• Home Farm Residents Association<br />
• North Hayes<br />
• Colham Green<br />
• The Larches<br />
• Oak Farm<br />
• Pastures Mead<br />
• Vine Lane<br />
• West Ruislip Commuters Association<br />
• Ferndale Area<br />
• Glebe<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 100
HILLINGDON BOROUGH TRANSPORT CONFERENCE: INVITEES<br />
APPENDIX 2<br />
Councillors<br />
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
Cllr Mike Heywood 26/9/03<br />
Overview and Scrutiny<br />
Cllr Baker 26/9/03 Yes Member bbaker@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />
Cllr Peter Ryderson 26/9/03 Yes Member<br />
Cllr Bishop 26/9/03 Yes Member 01923 826610 dbishop@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />
Cllr. N. Nunn-Price 26/9/03 Yes Member 01895 478916 Nnunn-price@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />
Cllr. R. Puddifoot 26/9/03 No<br />
Cllr S.Stone 26/9/03 Yes Member cllsstone@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />
Cllr D. Routledge 26/9/03 Yes Member 01895 27050<br />
Cllr A. Banks 26/9/03 Yes Member 01895 436112<br />
Cllr J Rhodes 26/9/03 Yes Member 01895 234348<br />
Cllr John Hensley No Member<br />
Cllr Harmsworth 26/9/03 No Member 01895 250127<br />
Cllr John Major 26/9/03 Yes Member 01895250780<br />
Cllr Lakham Yes Member<br />
Cllr R. Barnes 26/09/03 No Member<br />
Cllr S. Jenkins 26/09/03 Yes Member sj@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />
Cllr J. O’Neill 26/09/03 Yes Member 01895676501 Jo’neill@<strong>Hillingdon</strong>.gov.uk<br />
Cllr Paramit Sethi Yes Member<br />
Cllr Phoday Jarjussey Yes Member<br />
Chief Officers<br />
Chief Executive 26/9/03<br />
Ruth Willis 26/9/03<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 101
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
Jean Palmer 26/9/03<br />
Philomena Bach 26/9/03<br />
Brian Murrell 26/9/03<br />
Council Officers<br />
Janet Rangeley 22/9/03 Yes<br />
Veronica Pinto 22/9/03 Yes<br />
Tom Fisher 22/9/03 Yes<br />
Gary Collier 22/9/03 Yes<br />
Mary Worrall 22/9/03 Yes<br />
Chandra Raval 22/9/03 Yes<br />
Jack Webster 22/9/03<br />
Sabeeha Mannan 22/9/03<br />
Shane Brackenbury 22/9/03<br />
Elaine Carter 22/9/03<br />
Julie Evans 22/9/03 Yes Education Youth<br />
7697 jdevans@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />
Leisure<br />
Denis Judge 22/9/03<br />
Paul Williams 22/9/03<br />
Peter Friend 22/9/03 Yes<br />
Nigel Coates 22/9/03 No<br />
Andy Codd 22/9/03 Yes<br />
Wendy Rogers 22/9/03 Yes<br />
Val Beale 22/9/03<br />
Peggy Law 22/9/03<br />
Doug Williamson 22/9/03 Yes<br />
Jonathan Westell 22/9/03<br />
Andy Stubbs 22/9/03 Yes 01895 251281 astubbs@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 102
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
MPs<br />
John Randall 22/9/03 Yes<br />
John McDonnell 22/9/03 Yes 02085690010<br />
John Wilkinson 22/9/03 Yes johnwilkinson@parliament.uk<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 103
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
STAKEHOLDER GROUPS<br />
Arandale Couriers<br />
Piers Scrimshaw-Wright 22/9/03 Arlington House<br />
0118 930 4141 p.scrimshaw_wright@arlington.co.uk<br />
Arlington Business Park<br />
Theale, Reading<br />
RG7 4SA<br />
Arriva the Shires and Essex<br />
Nick Knox No 934-974 Marchwood House<br />
01923662325<br />
Watford<br />
Herfordshire<br />
WD25 9NN<br />
Tony Tallant 20/10/03 General Manager(Buckinghamshire)<br />
Arriva the Shires Ltd<br />
Newlands Bus Station<br />
High Wycombe<br />
Bucks HP11 2HU<br />
BAA<br />
Andy Wadham 22/9/03 No BAA<br />
8745 6169<br />
Heathrow Point West<br />
234 Bath Rd<br />
Harlington<br />
UB3 5AP<br />
Nicola Hooper 13/10/03 Yes BAA Heathrow 0208745 5966 Nicola_hooper@baa.com<br />
BA<br />
Steve Smith 22/9/03 Airport Policy Manager<br />
8738 9808<br />
British Airways<br />
Waterside (HDA3)<br />
PO Box 365<br />
Harmondsworth<br />
MIDDX UB7 0GB<br />
British Waterways<br />
Annie Hilder 29/9/03 Landscape Architect<br />
British Waterways<br />
The Toll House<br />
Delamere Terrace<br />
Little Venice<br />
<strong>London</strong> W2 6ND<br />
3552<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 104
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
Brownes Minibuses<br />
Eddie/Pam Brownes 22/9/03 10 Old Orchard Close<br />
01895 440145<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
UB8 3LH<br />
Capital Call<br />
Paul Jones 22/9/03 Transport Co-ordination Centre<br />
7275 2446 Capitalcall@hackneyct.org<br />
C/o HCT<br />
Ash Grove bus depot, Mare Street, LONDON, E8<br />
4RH<br />
Chiltern Railways<br />
Steward Yateman Great Central House<br />
02073333032<br />
Marylebone Station<br />
Melcombe Place<br />
<strong>London</strong><br />
NW1 6JJ<br />
Connecting Communities / <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Muslin Council<br />
Mr Amir Ahmed 22/09/03 15/10/03<br />
Yes<br />
DASH<br />
Angela Wegener 22/9/03 Yes, e-mail<br />
reply<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Muslin Council<br />
5 Harries Road<br />
Hayes<br />
UB4 9DD<br />
Wood End Centre<br />
Judge Heath Lane<br />
Hayes<br />
Middx<br />
UB3 2PB<br />
02088418097<br />
Fax<br />
02085811424<br />
8848 8319 Info@dash.org.uk<br />
Pauline Cooper 22/9/03 Yes 01895 672568 Pauline@cooper63.fslife.<br />
co.uk<br />
Freight Quality Partnership<br />
Mike Slinn 22/9/03 MVA House<br />
Victoria Way<br />
Woking<br />
Surrey<br />
GU21 6DD<br />
Friends <strong>of</strong> the Earth<br />
22/9/03 Rosemary Bennett, 3 Rectory Way, Ickenham,<br />
UB10 8BP<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 105
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
HAVS<br />
Carol Coventry 22/9/03 Key House<br />
01895 442722<br />
106 High Street<br />
Yiewsley<br />
UB7 7BQ<br />
J. Betteridge Yes 01895442929 jenib@havs.org.uk<br />
Hayes Town Centre Partnership<br />
Mohammed Haniff 22/9/03 Yes Hayes Town Centre Manager<br />
02088137733 mhaniff@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />
72-74 Station Rd<br />
Hayes<br />
Heathrow Airport<br />
Roads Policy Officer Heathrow Point<br />
234 Bath Road<br />
MIDDX<br />
UB3 5AP<br />
Heathrow Area Transport Forum<br />
Alastair Duff 29/9/03 Westward House<br />
155-157 Staines Rd<br />
Hounslow<br />
Middx TW3 3JB<br />
Healthy <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Angela Flux 30/9/03 Fountains Mill<br />
81 High Street<br />
Uxbridge<br />
Dr. Hilary Pickles Yes Director <strong>of</strong> Public Health 01895452045 Hiliary.pickles@hillingdon.nhs.uk<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Chamber <strong>of</strong> Commerce<br />
Mike Langan 22/9/03 Yes 19 Station Rd, Hayes<br />
UB3 4BD<br />
0208 5691197 info@hillingdonchamber.com<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Chat<br />
6/10/03 webmaster@hillingdonchat.com<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Community Transport<br />
John Reid 30/9/03 General Manager<br />
Harlington Road Depot<br />
Block B<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Cycling Forum<br />
Steve Ayres 22/9/03 Yes 90 Hercies Rd<br />
UB10 9ND<br />
01895 230953 Steve1.ayres@hotmail.com<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 106
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
Beryl Bell 22/9/03 No 1 Leven Way<br />
colinberyl@compuserve.com<br />
Hayes<br />
UB3 2SR<br />
Cliff Jones 22/9/03 Yes 18 Pepys Close<br />
01895 638317 Cliff.jones@btinternet.com<br />
UB10 8NL<br />
Sarah James 22/9/03 29/9/03<br />
Yes<br />
64 Bridle Rd<br />
HA5 2SH<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Hospital NHS Trust<br />
Wendy Scarr Yes 01895279961 wendy.scar@thh.nhs.uk<br />
Tina Dinch 13/10/03 Yes 01895 279856 tina.dench@thh.nhs.uk<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Primary Care Trust<br />
Dr Hilary Pickles<br />
Yes 01895 452045 hilary.pickles@hillingdon.<br />
Director Public Health<br />
Shirley Goodwin 22/9/03 Yes <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Primary Care Trust<br />
Kirk House<br />
97-109 High Street<br />
Yiewsley<br />
West Drayton, MIDDX, UB7 7HJ<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Times and Gazette<br />
Rachel Sharp 6/10/03 Yes Bucks Free Press & Times Group<br />
Gomm Road<br />
High Wycombe<br />
Bucks HP13 7DW<br />
Hindu Cultural Association<br />
Anil Mitra 3/10/03 Yes<br />
10/10/03<br />
gov.uk<br />
01895 452094 shirley.goodman@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />
01494755112 rsharp@london.newsquest.co.uk<br />
01494677916?<br />
Dr. Bhargava 3/10/03 Yes<br />
10/10/03<br />
IBM<br />
Les Johns Yes<br />
23/10/03<br />
Global Logistics Procurement & Projects Manager<br />
UK & Ireland<br />
IBM Integrated Supply Chain (ISC)<br />
Greenford<br />
01895676939<br />
020 88325213 JOHNSL3@UK.IBM.COM<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 107
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
Liftshare<br />
Marcus Seaman 22/9/03 Yes<br />
25/9/03<br />
marcus@liftshare.com<br />
Butterfly Hall<br />
Attleborough<br />
Norfolk<br />
NR17 1AB<br />
Gateway Enterprise<br />
Jay Seeburrun 22/9/03 Unit K<br />
International House<br />
Bridge Park<br />
Southall UB2 4AB<br />
Groundwork Thames Valley<br />
Keren Jones 22/9/03 Colne Valley Park Centre<br />
Denham Court Drive<br />
Denham<br />
UB9 5PG<br />
HACCA<br />
Heather Callender Yes HACCA 02085820664<br />
The Licensed Taxi Drivers Association<br />
The General Secretary 9-11 Wood Field Road<br />
<strong>London</strong><br />
W9 2AB<br />
Living Streets<br />
Paul Holdsworth 22/9/03 31-33 Bondway<br />
<strong>London</strong>, SW8 1SJ<br />
<strong>London</strong> Ambulance Service<br />
David Court Yes Royal Lane<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
MIDDX<br />
UB8 3QX<br />
<strong>London</strong> Buses Operating Services<br />
Adrian Dempsey Area Traffic Controller NW<br />
Bakers Road<br />
Uxbridge, Middlesex<br />
LFB<br />
R. Goodman-Brown No 02085680199<br />
<strong>London</strong> Fire Emergency Planning Authority<br />
Marion House<br />
61 Staines Road<br />
Hounslow<br />
Middlesex TW3 3JQ<br />
8917 9286 jayseeburrun@jjewel.com<br />
7820 1010 Info@livingstreets.org.uk<br />
01895 255242 david.court@lond-amb.nhs.uk<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 108
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
<strong>London</strong> Buses<br />
Jeff Tucker 22/9/03 First Uxbridge Garage<br />
01895 236598<br />
Bakers Court<br />
Uxbridge MIDDX<br />
UB8 1RJ<br />
George Goodridge First Uxbridge Garage<br />
01895 258647 Adrain.Dempsey@tfl-buses.co.uk<br />
Bakers Court<br />
Uxbridge MIDDX<br />
UB8 1RJ<br />
Many Shades <strong>of</strong> Green<br />
Denise Chetram Yes<br />
01895422333<br />
10/10//03<br />
Metroline<br />
Norman Law 118-122 College Road<br />
020 82188888<br />
Harrow<br />
Middlesex<br />
HA1 1DB<br />
Metronet<br />
Roger Hedley 22/9/03 Metronet<br />
02079326200<br />
40 Melton St<br />
<strong>London</strong><br />
NW1 2EE<br />
Metropolitan Police<br />
Mark Toland 22/9/03 <strong>Borough</strong> Commander<br />
8246 1492<br />
Uxbridge Police Station<br />
1 Warwick Place<br />
Uxbridge<br />
Middlesex UB8 1RG<br />
Chief Inspector Ian Brooks 10/10/03 Yes Metropolitan Police<br />
02082469801 Ian.brooks@met.police.uk<br />
Alperton Road<br />
Middlesex HA0 1EW (sent by e mail)<br />
PC Paul Richards Yes NW Partnership Focus Desk<br />
02082469811 Paul.Richards@met.police.uk<br />
Athlon Road<br />
Alperton<br />
Wembley<br />
Middlesex<br />
HA1 1EW<br />
Mick Morris Yes 02082461473 Mick.m.morris@met.police.uk<br />
NOTRAG<br />
No Gill Cannon gill.cannon@infonotrag.org.uk<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 109
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
Christine Taylor 6/10/03 Yes 22 Raywood Close<br />
02085648345 mathewstc@aol.com<br />
Harlington UB3 5NL<br />
Older People’s Forum<br />
Surgit S Gill<br />
Open Spaces Society<br />
David Williams 22/9/03 30 Sweetcr<strong>of</strong>t Lane<br />
Uxbridge<br />
UB10 9LE<br />
Securiplan<br />
6/10/03 Chevron House<br />
346 Long Lane<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Stockley Park Consortium<br />
Robert Burlumi 22/9/03 Operations Director<br />
01895 444100 Robert_burlumi@stockleypark.co.uk<br />
Stockley Park Consortium<br />
The Management Suite<br />
5 Ironbridge Road<br />
Stockley Park<br />
Uxbridge<br />
Middlesex<br />
UB11 1HB<br />
Andrew Van Der Mersch 22/9/03 Stockley Park<br />
Stockley Park Consortium<br />
The Management Suite<br />
5 Ironbridge Rd<br />
Stockley Park<br />
Uxbridge<br />
UB11 1HB<br />
Strategic Rail Authority<br />
Mr Graham Cross 22/9/03 Rail Development Manager<br />
55 Victoria Street<br />
<strong>London</strong><br />
SW1H 0EU<br />
Steve Shaw No steveshaw@sra.gov.uk<br />
SWELTRAC<br />
John Barclay 22/9/03 Maybe 16 Rydal Drive<br />
West Wickham<br />
KENT<br />
BR4 9QH<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 110
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
TFL<br />
Richard Carr 22/9/03 TfL <strong>London</strong> Bus Services Ltd<br />
79183416<br />
172 Buckingham Palace Rd<br />
LONDON<br />
SW1W 9TN<br />
Nick Atkinson 29/9/03 TFL North/West Team<br />
02079417079<br />
Windsor House<br />
42-50 Victoria Street<br />
<strong>London</strong> SW1H 0TL<br />
Peter Livermore 22/9/03 TfL<br />
02079414731<br />
Head <strong>of</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> Partnerships<br />
Windsor House<br />
42-50 Victoria Street<br />
<strong>London</strong><br />
SW1H 0TL<br />
Phil Cummings Yes TFL 02070279105 philcummings@gov.uk<br />
Darren Womack 29/9/03 Project Director<br />
02070279108<br />
WL Tram Project<br />
Victoria Station House<br />
191 Victoria Street<br />
<strong>London</strong> SW1E 5NE<br />
Mr G. Beswick Bus Priority: TfL<br />
Street Management<br />
1 st Floor Faith Lawson House<br />
15-17 Dacre Street<br />
SW1H 0NR<br />
Thames Trains<br />
Royce Mumby Turbo Maintenance Depot<br />
Cow Lane<br />
Reading<br />
Royce.mumby@<br />
thamestrains.co.uk<br />
TfL Public Carriage Office<br />
Robin Gillis<br />
(Cab Rank Officer)<br />
Yes<br />
15 Penton Street<br />
<strong>London</strong><br />
N1 9PU<br />
Trimite Ltd<br />
Mr Steve Griggs 6/10/03 Yes Arundel Road<br />
Uxbridge<br />
Middx<br />
02079417829 Robin.gillis@pco.org.uk<br />
01895251234 Steve.griggs@trimite.com<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 111
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
Uxbridge Buses<br />
Stavros Heracleous 13/10/03 Yes First Uxbridge Garage<br />
01895236598 Stavros.heracleous@firstgroup.com<br />
Bakers Court<br />
Uxbridge<br />
Middlesex<br />
Peter Stringer Yes As above 01895236598 Peter.stringer@firstgroup.com<br />
Uxbridge Initiative<br />
Clive Godsave (yes) 22/9/03 No (John<br />
Palmer)<br />
Pavilions Shopping Centre<br />
18 Chequers Square<br />
01895274059<br />
C.Godsave<br />
UB8 1LN<br />
Tony Dunn 22/9/03 Management Suite<br />
The Chimes Shopping Centre<br />
High Street<br />
Uxbridge<br />
UB8 1UV<br />
01895 819400 Tony-dunn@capshop.co.uk<br />
Uxbridge Skip Hire<br />
S. Manlet 6/10/03 No Skip Lane<br />
Harvil Road<br />
Harefield<br />
Uxbridge UB9 6JL<br />
West Drayton Car Spares<br />
Mr. O’Dell 6/10/03 The Common<br />
West Drayton<br />
West Drayton Initiative Group<br />
6/10/03 Tony Pilkington<br />
Bell Farm Church<br />
Bell Farm Estate<br />
West Drayton<br />
West <strong>London</strong> Buses Ltd<br />
Macmillon House<br />
Paddington Station<br />
<strong>London</strong><br />
W2 1TY<br />
West <strong>London</strong> Business<br />
Kate Ashton Yes 02086072509<br />
Wings<br />
Fred Gritt 22/9/03 8573 8388 fred@wingstravel.co.uk<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 112
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
Yiewsley West Drayton Town Action Group<br />
Doreen Tarrant 6/10/03 Yes Mrs. D. Tarrant<br />
01895851168<br />
35 Warwick Rd<br />
West Drayton<br />
Youth Council<br />
Jennifer McChee Youth & Community Services<br />
Civic Centre 3S/07<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 113
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
RESIDENTS GROUPS<br />
Whitethorne Estate Residents<br />
Paul Carney 22/9/03 66 Yew Avenue<br />
Yiewsley<br />
MIDDX<br />
Eastcote Residents Association<br />
M.A. Platti 22/9/03 No 7 Robarts Close<br />
Pinner<br />
MIDDX<br />
HA5 2QA<br />
Philpots Farm Residents Association<br />
22/9/03 17 Heather Lane<br />
Yiewsley<br />
Middx<br />
Harmondsworth and Sipson Residents Association<br />
Mrs B Sobey 22/9/03 No 486 Sipson Rd<br />
02087591677<br />
Sipson<br />
UB7 OHZ<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Village Residents Association<br />
Mr D Venn 22/9/03 High House<br />
33 Harlington Rd<br />
HILLINGDON<br />
UB8 3HX<br />
Townfield Association<br />
Mrs J Agius 22/9/03 9 Manor Rd<br />
Hayes<br />
UB3<br />
Harefield Village Forum<br />
Frazine Johnson 22/9/03 8573 6533 frazinejohnson@lawyer.com<br />
Ruislip Chamber <strong>of</strong> Commerce<br />
Tony Unger<br />
Northwood Residents Association<br />
Simon Varnals 22/9/03 Yes 12 Kewferry Road<br />
Northwood<br />
Middx<br />
019234500917 simon@varnals.com<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 114
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Federation <strong>of</strong> Tenants<br />
John Waylett 22/9/03 Yes 103 Moorfield Road<br />
01895823326<br />
Cowley<br />
Middx<br />
Ickenham Residents Association<br />
22/9/03 32 Swakeleys Drive<br />
Ickenham<br />
UB10 8QD<br />
<strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Tenants & Residents Federation<br />
Mrs. Grace Ganden 22/9/03 67 The Larches<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Harefield Tenants and Residents Association<br />
Mrs. P Crawley 22/9/03 Yes 32 Sanctuary Close<br />
Harefield<br />
Middx<br />
Botwell Tenants & Residents Association<br />
22/9/03 Townfield Community Centre<br />
Townfield Road<br />
Hayes Middx<br />
Brookgreen Residents Association<br />
Peter Clark 22/9/03 3 Welbeck Court Welbeck Avenue<br />
Hayes<br />
Cranford Cross Residents Association<br />
Mr. D F Bell 22/9/03 Yes 83 Saunton Avenue<br />
Harlington<br />
Harlington Village Association<br />
Dean Langley 22/9/03 3 Gothic Court<br />
Harlington, Middx<br />
Hayes Town Centre Residents Association<br />
Robert McGowan 22/9/03 Yes<br />
Mr. & Mrs<br />
60 Skeffington Court<br />
Silverdale Road<br />
Hayes<br />
Road Sea Express<br />
Les Eastlake Unit 6<br />
Wyvern Way<br />
Uxbridge<br />
0208 8488384 Chris@hayes.townta.com.uk<br />
01895 811888<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 115
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
Pastures Mead Residents Association<br />
Miss C G Kenway 22/9/03 20 pastures Mead<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Home Farm Residents Association<br />
M Greengrow 22/9/03 Yes 67 Blacklands Drive<br />
Hayes End<br />
North Hayes Residents Association<br />
Mr. J E Rutter 22/9/03 50 Weymouth Rd<br />
Hayes<br />
The Larches Residents Association<br />
Mrs. Grace Gganden 22/9/03 67 The Larches<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Vine Lane Residents Association<br />
Philip Coleham 22/9/03 82 Vine Lane<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Violet Ave Tenants & Residents Association<br />
Mr. R. Cook 22/9/03 8 Bramble Close<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Gatehill (Northwood) Residents Association<br />
Mr. S. Lee 22/9/03 17 Gatehill Road, Northwood stephenwlee@btinternet.com<br />
South Ruislip Residents<br />
Mrs. D. Wingrove-Owens 22/9/03 4 Diamond Road<br />
South Ruislip<br />
West Ruislip Commuters Association<br />
Miss S F Sweeting 22/9/03 125 The Greenway<br />
Ickenham<br />
Brearley Close residents Association<br />
Mrs. E. Brennan 22/9/03 18 Brearley Close<br />
Uxbridge<br />
Ferndale Area Residents Association<br />
Mr. R. Swallow 22/9/03 28 Ferndale Crescent<br />
01895 239951<br />
Uxbridge<br />
Middx UB8 2AX<br />
North Uxbridge Residents Association<br />
Mrs. S. Confavreux 22/9/03 18 Water Tower Close<br />
sue@confavreux.co.uk<br />
Uxbridge<br />
Uxbridge Moor Residents Association<br />
Robert English 22/9/03 36 Cobden Close<br />
Uxbridge<br />
English@safeway.co.uk<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 116
NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />
Whitehall Residents Association<br />
Mrs. E. Saunders 22/9/03 2 walford Rd<br />
Uxbridge<br />
Middx<br />
Glebe Residents Association<br />
Community Café 22/9/03 60 Byron Way<br />
West Drayton<br />
South Ruislip Residents Association<br />
Mr. R. Dean 22/9/03 Yes 9 Manor Gardens<br />
Ruislip HA4 6UB<br />
Dial A Ride<br />
22/9/03 Yes Keith Matthew 0208 2330011<br />
Oak Farm Residents Association<br />
Tom Crow 22/903 Yes 114 Granvillle Rd<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
UB10 9AG<br />
Ruislip Residents Association<br />
6/10/03 Lewis Hawken<br />
21 Sherleys Court<br />
Wood Lane<br />
Ruislip HA4 6DH<br />
Eastcote Chamber <strong>of</strong> Commerce<br />
Jennifer Boutique 22/9/03 125 Field End rd<br />
Eastcote<br />
MIDDX<br />
Laurel Lane Tenants and Residents Association<br />
Mr. Banks 6/10/03 No<br />
21/10/2003<br />
HA5 1QH<br />
92 Rowan Road<br />
West Drayton<br />
UB7 7UD<br />
02088457096 bob@dean09.fsnet.co.uk<br />
01895 237523<br />
0208866 7106<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 117
APPENDIX 3<br />
BOROUGH TRANSPORT CONFERENCE<br />
FOCUS GROUP NOTES<br />
This report outlines the key / consensus points made at the 5 focus groups <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong> Transport<br />
Conference. These focus groups were:<br />
• Parking<br />
• Public transport<br />
• Air Quality and transport<br />
• General Accessibility Issues<br />
• Business<br />
Priorities identified in both focus groups sessions have been underlined. Notes taken correspond with<br />
the discussion themes identified and the format therefore varies between the groups.<br />
PARKING<br />
Commercial and Residential Car Parking Restraint<br />
1. All commercial development should have adequate provision – also applies to flats<br />
2. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> different to other parts <strong>of</strong> <strong>London</strong><br />
3. Can the standards be altered so that there may be local flexibility?<br />
4. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> charge less than Harrow for car parks<br />
5. Free all day parking in residential roads stops car parks being fully utilised<br />
6. Councillors and residents annoyed at <strong>of</strong>f-street parking restrictions<br />
7. Freight should be <strong>of</strong>f-loaded at a central point and have a commercial free-zone<br />
8. Concern at effect on local businesses if parking is limited<br />
9. Park and ride is a good idea and reduces the need for town centre car parks<br />
10. 2 hours free parking should be made available for lunchtime<br />
11. No free permits should be made available for developments that do not provide on-site<br />
parking<br />
12. Developments should make more provision for disabled users<br />
13. There is a lack <strong>of</strong> parking provided on developments<br />
14. Increasing in <strong>of</strong>f-street parking reduces on-street pressure<br />
15. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> attracts external workers<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 118
Re-allocation <strong>of</strong> Road Space from Parking<br />
1. Hayes and Harrow pedestrianised areas have resulted in a drop in business activity<br />
2. Enforcement <strong>of</strong> bus lanes needs to be done sensibly<br />
3. Priority must be given to buses<br />
4. Parking must not interfere with bus services<br />
5. Concern at problems caused by disabled parking<br />
6. Residents should have overnight permits for night time space in car parks<br />
7. Lack <strong>of</strong> enforcement on Sundays<br />
8. Re-allocation is difficult in the <strong>Borough</strong> despite working well in Uxbridge<br />
9. Bus lanes are beneficial but not in narrow roads<br />
10. Bus stops should be better enforced<br />
11. Businesses have difficulty with bus lanes, delays are created<br />
12. School run should be reduced<br />
13. Disabled parking causes obstruction<br />
14. S106 money can be used for school buses<br />
15. Reduce disabled parking from 3 to 2, or 1 hours<br />
16. Get bus drivers to pull into stops<br />
17. Why are cars allowed to park free <strong>of</strong> charge on roads near the tube station?<br />
Competitions and Comparisons with Other Areas<br />
1. Free or cheap parking increases use <strong>of</strong> car parks<br />
2. Costly parking fees restricts freedom <strong>of</strong> movement<br />
3. Park and ride may be effective<br />
4. Problems <strong>of</strong> tube stations caused mostly by <strong>Borough</strong> residents<br />
5. New parking schemes deter commuters<br />
6. LT parking is expensive – price matters and needs to be discussed with LT<br />
7. Park and ride is sensible<br />
8. Free on-street parking determines car park use<br />
9. Money into bus services from the shires<br />
10. Problems caused by <strong>Hillingdon</strong> being at the end <strong>of</strong> lines<br />
11. Need LT to have a combined tube parking ticket<br />
12. Figures <strong>of</strong> travel patterns to <strong>Borough</strong> required<br />
13. Park and shop<br />
Parking Controls and Enforcement<br />
1. Council taking reactive rather than proactive view on parking controls<br />
2. Public Consultation on PMAs are pointless due to the lack <strong>of</strong> consensus<br />
3. Let Councillors decide on scheme introduction<br />
4. Little enforcement <strong>of</strong> zigzags outside schools<br />
5. Every resident should be issued with a parking permit to park on their street<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 119
6. Number <strong>of</strong> police <strong>of</strong>ficers on traffic controls down, limiting enforcing ability <strong>of</strong> Council<br />
7. Parking attendants need to be increased<br />
8. Enforcement needs to be more targeted and longer hours<br />
9. Residents are willing to pay for parking permits<br />
10. Parking restrictions near stations – a yellow line or some other restriction<br />
11. Parking causes obstruction to emergency service vehicles<br />
12. Need a balance between needs <strong>of</strong> commuter and safety<br />
Other Parking Users<br />
1. Indiscriminate parking causes severe problems – disrupts loading and unloading<br />
2. Some blue badge holders have them without justification<br />
3. Ruislip High Street and Ruislip Manor parking cause problems including safety<br />
4. Misuse <strong>of</strong> blue badges by relatives <strong>of</strong> disabled<br />
5. Written warning for disabled who park badly<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 120
PUBLIC TRANSPORT<br />
What Aspects <strong>of</strong> Public Transport within <strong>Hillingdon</strong> are Successful?<br />
1. Local bus services successful especially at Hayes<br />
2. North-South <strong>Borough</strong> links are poor<br />
3. U9 route in Harefield is good<br />
4. The 331 service is not so good<br />
5. 282 is a good route but only to the East <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong> – there are problems getting to<br />
Uxbridge<br />
How can Public Transport be Improved?<br />
1. Problems for taxis – too few ranks to service the large number <strong>of</strong> registered vehicles<br />
2. Cab ranks compliment taxi <strong>of</strong>fices. Enhance the use <strong>of</strong> this form <strong>of</strong> transport and method <strong>of</strong><br />
improving taxi service and public perception<br />
3. The R1 bus route needs to be more regular. Presently, there is only 1 bus per hour. Needs<br />
to be extended to Watford.<br />
4. Use <strong>of</strong> freedom passes on busses passing into the <strong>Borough</strong> from the shires, etc.<br />
5. Lorries on the road during rush hour are contributing to congestion<br />
6. Suggested that lorries need be banned from roads during peak times as in France.<br />
7. Request for local run <strong>of</strong> the 207 from Uxbridge to Hayes By-pass<br />
8. Problem with Heathrow bus capacity reaching its limit<br />
9. Request to have U4 stop closer to the emergency exit<br />
10. School planning for public transport; need to ‘plan for red’ to ensure access to all schools via<br />
good public transport<br />
11. School green travel plans must be easy to understand and implement<br />
12. Problems related to routing bus services through heavily populated areas as there is a lack <strong>of</strong><br />
road space<br />
13. Design <strong>of</strong> buses not always good on the 140 service<br />
14. Need for greater frequency <strong>of</strong> services in the North <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong> and outlying areas<br />
Safer Routes to School – Do they induce a Modal Shift?<br />
1. Question <strong>of</strong> how many schools serviced by a bus service<br />
2. Metropolitan police hitting schools – enforcement <strong>of</strong> parking and speed <strong>of</strong>fences<br />
3. Walking buses needed<br />
4. Car sharing between parents<br />
5. Free bus travel for under 11’s<br />
6. Information coming from schools is that children do want to walk<br />
7. Problem that there are too many initiatives in schools at the moment<br />
8. Need to bring across to parents the benefits <strong>of</strong> kids walking and cycling to school<br />
9. Problems with air pollution for children walking<br />
10. Changes in catchment areas has led to a problem with distances from schools<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 121
Does Bus and Cycle Priority Work?<br />
1. Works very well abroad<br />
2. Enforce parking regulations where buses traditionally get held up<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 122
AIR QUALITY AND TRANSPORT<br />
Key themes for the workshops:<br />
1. Reduction in traffic, use <strong>of</strong> hard and s<strong>of</strong>t options.<br />
2. The use <strong>of</strong> cleaner vehicle technology,<br />
SESSION I<br />
1. Incentives to promote the use <strong>of</strong> cleaner vehicles<br />
2. Promote cycling to school, work, etc. Careful management <strong>of</strong> traffic appears to make more<br />
impact. Promoting the use <strong>of</strong> cleaner vehicles may have less impact.<br />
3. Need to have alternatives before penalising with hard options<br />
4. Lower road tax for cleaner vehicles<br />
5. Poor cycle lanes in places, no facilities in the Civic Centre<br />
6. Stop heavy vehicles during rush hour to ease burden; staggering working hours<br />
7. Working with Highway Agency / government to promote high occupancy and the more<br />
effective use <strong>of</strong> roads<br />
8. Encourage Park and ride Schemes<br />
9. Publicity to switch <strong>of</strong>f car engine while in a traffic jam<br />
10. Support for trams – links with other transport modes<br />
11. Adequate rail routes already exist to Central <strong>London</strong>, tram route will make roads narrower<br />
12. Integrated transport policy with tram playing a role<br />
13. Some support for congestion charging<br />
14. Trams are more energy efficient than buses; would encourage modal split<br />
15. Public transport is not accessible to everyone<br />
16. Trams will take more cars <strong>of</strong>f the road<br />
17. Use <strong>of</strong> canals taken thousands <strong>of</strong> lorries <strong>of</strong>f the road. More publicity required. Need to<br />
extend the use <strong>of</strong> waterways.<br />
18. Specific objectives for freight partnership<br />
19. Local action on freight is too late, it is becoming a national problem<br />
20. Local transport issues are more important. As a local authority we can do more them to effect<br />
changes.<br />
21. North-South transport link in the <strong>Borough</strong> needs to be improved<br />
22. Improve transport interchanges<br />
23. Bring in school buses<br />
24. Walking buses will improve health <strong>of</strong> children and traffic congestion. Will have greater impact<br />
as the initiatives are practical and can be started very quickly. Road safety also an issue.<br />
Parents could treat their children about road safety.<br />
25. Traffic fragmented; lack <strong>of</strong> co-ordination<br />
26. Parents car sharing reduces the cost <strong>of</strong> initiating cycle lanes<br />
27. More travel information<br />
28. Illegal parking, parking on pavements, and lack <strong>of</strong> enforcement on parking on bus lanes.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 123
6 Key Issues<br />
• Promote clean vehicles<br />
• Integration <strong>of</strong> transport system; bus with rail, etc. More accessibility required<br />
• Encourage use <strong>of</strong> canals and waterways<br />
• Concentrate on local transport initiatives where we can something about it<br />
• Promote safer routes to school and walking buses. Likely to have significant impact.<br />
• Promote park and ride<br />
Provide positive options<br />
SESSION II<br />
1. Integration <strong>of</strong> air quality policies with neighbouring local authorities<br />
2. How to get dirty vehicles <strong>of</strong>f the road. Cleaner buses in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. More enforcement on<br />
dirty vehicles.<br />
3. Look to reduce shorter journeys when catalytic converters are not working<br />
4. Availability <strong>of</strong> alternative fuels<br />
5. Need to work with parents and the younger generation<br />
6. Put pressure on vehicle manufacturers to produce cleaner vehicles<br />
7. Support for tram link will mean less cars on the road<br />
8. Need to approach transport problem holistically<br />
9. Car free town centres, but can force cars into adjacent residential areas<br />
10. Park and ride would encourage more cars into the <strong>Borough</strong> to park. The ability to reduce<br />
traffic is dependent upon where the car parks are located.<br />
11. Some traffic schemes may increase pollution. Need to ensure a balanced approach.<br />
12. Road pricing could reduce quality <strong>of</strong> life by limiting choice<br />
13. Weighing up different options to improve the environment<br />
14. Poor North-South transport links in the <strong>Borough</strong><br />
15. Young people cannot travel to the South <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong> to access services<br />
16. Free public transport<br />
17. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> website could provide links to other websites providing travel information<br />
18. Educate children to use public transport<br />
19. Free shuttle buses to transport hubs. Transport for <strong>London</strong> to provide free shuttle buses /<br />
feeder buses.<br />
20. Integrated transport system and better integration <strong>of</strong> transport hubs<br />
21. To promote green travel plans requires leadership, information, and the need to make work<br />
place changes<br />
22. Swap parking pass with a travel pass (exempt from tax)<br />
23. Gradually reduce parking to companies using planning powers<br />
24. Public education<br />
25. Integration <strong>of</strong> health and transport<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 124
26. Appears to be a lack <strong>of</strong> traffic restraint measures in <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
27. A reduction in traffic can lead to speeding and a reduction in road safety<br />
6 Key Issues<br />
• Need to be consistent in terms <strong>of</strong> policies and strategies<br />
• How to weigh importance <strong>of</strong> air quality against other criteria when evaluating traffic<br />
schemes<br />
• Need to target dirty vehicles at relevant locations. Raise public awareness also<br />
important<br />
• Integration <strong>of</strong> public transport system<br />
• General reduction in traffic and other safety issues<br />
Need to implement ‘hard options’ type <strong>of</strong> policy<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 125
GENERAL ACCESSIBILITY ISSUES<br />
Themes Identified:<br />
• Access to hospitals and other health and community facilities<br />
• Walking and cycling routes to school<br />
• Safe and convenient routes to parks and open spaces<br />
• Access routes from disabled parking spaces to local shopping centres and community<br />
facilities<br />
• Safe and convenient access to public transport<br />
• Safe access to work<br />
SESSION I (Ideas for Improvement)<br />
Access routes from disabled parking spaces to local shopping centres and community<br />
facilities<br />
1. Better lighting<br />
2. Parking spaces at <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Hospital<br />
3. Better signage<br />
4. Better policing <strong>of</strong> blue badge system<br />
5. User friendly public transport system especially for the disabled<br />
6. Improved design <strong>of</strong> disabled persons parking spaces e.g. dropped kerbs<br />
7. Set up disability audit and mobility forum<br />
8. Restrict the number <strong>of</strong> disability passes issued<br />
9. Working with local business to provide better disabled parking facilities<br />
10. Location <strong>of</strong> disabled parking bays needs review<br />
Safe and convenient access to public transport<br />
11. Better information and access to it<br />
12. Better trained staff on public transport<br />
13. Study required <strong>of</strong> where people are originating and their destination. Facilitate the<br />
planning <strong>of</strong> appropriate transport services.<br />
14. Safety <strong>of</strong> access to public spaces needs review<br />
15. Greater emphasis on accidents and perception <strong>of</strong> threats to road safety<br />
16. Improved driver training – accommodate the needs <strong>of</strong> a variety <strong>of</strong> vulnerable users.<br />
17. Improved access to <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Hospital particularly for the aged<br />
18. Information such as street plans can be provided that outline, for example, the location <strong>of</strong><br />
bus stops on different routes<br />
19. The waiting time for the U3 bus service has reduced<br />
20. Questions <strong>of</strong> access to cars / vans. Access to public transport requires improvement.<br />
21. Improvements need to be focussed so as to achieve the best results<br />
22. Integration <strong>of</strong> cars with public transport. Inter-modal links need to be accommodated.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 126
23. Address fear / perception <strong>of</strong> danger on public transport and getting access to these<br />
services. Perception is an important element. Links to crime and disorder strategy need to<br />
be highlighted.<br />
24. Speedy repair <strong>of</strong> bus stops. Hardier material is required to resist vandalism.<br />
25. Speeding along Harlington Road is an issue<br />
26. Greater levels <strong>of</strong> social inclusion are necessary. Inclusion is reduced with restricted<br />
access to public transport and traffic congestion.<br />
27. Pedestrian phasing <strong>of</strong> traffic lights – allow pedestrians more time at crossing facilities<br />
28. Negative impacts <strong>of</strong> tactile paving and need for auditory signals so that access for people<br />
with all types <strong>of</strong> impairments is improved<br />
29. Reduce the distance between bus stops<br />
Safe access to work<br />
30. Encourage business travel plans. These need to accommodate issues <strong>of</strong> impairment,<br />
disablement, and carers.<br />
SESSION II (Ideas for improvement)<br />
1. Better lighting at bus stops<br />
2. Move taxi rank to the front <strong>of</strong> Uxbridge Station (Priority)<br />
3. Improve physical infrastructure e.g. at Hayes Station<br />
4. Improve cycle parking availability at Hayes Station<br />
5. Greater flexibility in modal change – interchange facilities<br />
6. Introduce DLR type service between Staines and the airport<br />
7. Stronger bus shelters<br />
8. Better transport integration and the promotion <strong>of</strong> the seamless journey<br />
9. Time to get on and <strong>of</strong>f trains needs to be extended<br />
10. Countdown information should also be provided for trains<br />
11. Promote the habit <strong>of</strong> using public transport through education<br />
12. Improve access to platforms and lifts at train stations (Priority)<br />
13. Improve travel information at bus stops<br />
14. Improve the quality <strong>of</strong> the public transport service<br />
15. Better links between Hounslow and Uxbridge<br />
16. Address congestion at Uxbridge station<br />
17. Yellow lines at bus stops to discourage stopping and parking by private vehicles<br />
18. Engineering challenge: pupils are given the task <strong>of</strong> suggesting ideas on how disabled access<br />
can be improved (Priority)<br />
19. Improve cycle lanes<br />
20. Bus reliability (Priority)<br />
21. Provide more and widespread information so that additional markets can be tapped into<br />
22. Improve the whole environment <strong>of</strong> Uxbridge bus station<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 127
23. Understand and address impairment issues<br />
24. Enhancing comfort on public transport would enhance perceptions and potentially use (top<br />
priority)<br />
25. Improve ease <strong>of</strong> access to buses<br />
26. Promote taxis and taxi cards<br />
27. Improve disabled parking facilities<br />
28. Discourage car use through disincentives<br />
29. Safety tips provided for public transport users<br />
30. Better planning <strong>of</strong> the public transport system (Priority)<br />
31. Reduce barriers for getting luggage on and <strong>of</strong>f trains, buses, etc. (Priority)<br />
Walking and cycling routes to school<br />
32. Study required on the nature <strong>of</strong> movement to and from schools<br />
33. Create safe crossing points<br />
34. Introduce Safe Routes to Schools<br />
35. Change overall public attitude through a social campaign that highlights links with health and<br />
quality <strong>of</strong> life<br />
36. Carefully consider the width <strong>of</strong> cycle lanes<br />
37. Stop parking on cycle lanes<br />
38. Parking should be provided by employers<br />
39. Encourage multi-agency approach to traffic, enforcement, etc.<br />
40. Cycling in parks – study required to resolve conflict between park users<br />
41. Deal with cyclists on pavements and fear for children<br />
42. Provide segregation on pavements to allow safe use by a variety <strong>of</strong> users. Conflict resolution<br />
is necessary.<br />
43. Create greater inducements for staff to reduce car use and explore alternative modes<br />
44. Better cycle education<br />
45. Means <strong>of</strong> transporting bags etc. should be provided to children wanting to participate in a<br />
walking bus.<br />
46. Better road maintenance is required especially on cycle lanes<br />
47. Teachers should be setting an example by not using cars to get to school<br />
48. 20mph zones need to be explored (Priority)<br />
49. Close roads outside schools during the school run<br />
50. Sign up parents, children and staff for walking to school<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 128
BUSINESS<br />
SESSION I<br />
Freight<br />
1. Need a definition for freight. Freight exists because people need something. Freight quality<br />
partnership.<br />
2. Size <strong>of</strong> lorries makes access into residential roads difficult. Greater collaboration with<br />
Transport for <strong>London</strong> is needed.<br />
3. 70% <strong>of</strong> freight is distribution<br />
4. Deliveries are for everyone<br />
5. Balance is required that brings vitality and benefits to towns and villages<br />
6. Supermarket deliveries at night cause disturbance through vibration<br />
7. More signage is required to reduce congestion<br />
8. Heavy commercial vehicles plan / strategy – outlining where HGV’s should and should not go<br />
9. Electric directions device<br />
10. Builders merchants should have one lorry at a time so as not to disrupt road traffic<br />
11. Need to bring business on board. Bus network delivery within funding available.<br />
Green Travel Plans<br />
1. Larger companies are more structured.<br />
2. <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong> should be leading the way. Business looks to the Council to<br />
ask for help in developing green travel plans.<br />
3. School traffic accounts for 20% <strong>of</strong> traffic in the mornings. Studies <strong>of</strong> American style school<br />
buses.<br />
4. Keep cyclists <strong>of</strong>f the pavements. What about the disabled on pavements?<br />
5. Business should be encouraged to produce a green travel plan. Loss from travelling is built<br />
into salaries.<br />
6. How do you recruit, train and retain staff?<br />
Parking<br />
1. Parking is a major issue: for customers (ease <strong>of</strong> accessibility), free parking and workers /<br />
employees taking up free parking.<br />
2. Do parking restrictions achieve what they set out to do? It is driving people to use their cars<br />
3. Road closing kills business<br />
4. People abuse free parking<br />
5. Problems with emissions<br />
6. Delivery times needs to considered. No deliveries between 10am-4pm. The business<br />
economy.<br />
7. Permit system. Controlled parking and enable a mix <strong>of</strong> deliveries. Contract and extend<br />
permit time.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 129
8. Enforcement<br />
9. Congestion charging at Heathrow<br />
10. Park and ride created problem <strong>of</strong> congestion in the surrounding streets<br />
11. Charge for parking but <strong>of</strong>fer people an alternative. In central <strong>London</strong> public transport<br />
provision is good.<br />
12. Bus station in Uxbridge has no more space to expand<br />
13. Linkages between the counties<br />
14. Slough highway – improve interchange<br />
15. Major shops are threatening to move<br />
16. Flaws in the congestion charging process and question whether problems would be created<br />
at Heathrow if it were introduced<br />
SESSION II<br />
Freight<br />
1. Flow <strong>of</strong> traffic is important however lorries and delivery vehicles hold up traffic<br />
2. Distribution centres need to be relocated as they are close to residential areas. This would<br />
remove time restrictions.<br />
3. Question why deliveries on the high street are at 10am instead <strong>of</strong> 7am?<br />
4. Routes for lorries. 45 tonne lorries cannot get under the bridge in South Ruislip up Pembroke<br />
Road. A bottleneck is created.<br />
5. Better to unload at rear <strong>of</strong> shops. However, there is usually poor access to the rear <strong>of</strong><br />
shopping centres. Would be willing to pay for better lanes and access. Question <strong>of</strong><br />
ownership and levels <strong>of</strong> agreement with shopkeepers.<br />
6. Small improvements could make a significant impact<br />
7. There is no joined up thinking between shopping parades. Shops are struggling.<br />
8. Lack <strong>of</strong> discussion<br />
9. Lorries parking in bus lanes contribute to congestion<br />
10. Who decides where the bus lanes are? 24 hour bus lanes and restricted bus lanes. Good<br />
knowledge <strong>of</strong> the area is required. More co-ordination and collaboration between <strong>Borough</strong>s is<br />
required.<br />
11. Should be a designated freight lane (bus lane). Business is losing money when it cannot<br />
deliver on time.<br />
12. Traffic drives up cost<br />
13. BAA Central Distribution Depot – significant reductions in congestion and emissions<br />
Green Travel Plans<br />
1. Green travel plans cost a lot but it also saves a lot <strong>of</strong> money. Savings are made in <strong>of</strong>fice<br />
space. Travel plan can be cost neutral.<br />
2. What is the threshold <strong>of</strong> business size where a travel plan is required? 5 staff<br />
3. The Council is to appoint a Green Travel Plan co-ordinator in the near future.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 130
4. Public transport infrastructure needs to be in place in order for people to get out <strong>of</strong> their<br />
cars. Uxbridge is poorly accessible via public transportation.<br />
5. More motorbike parking spaces required<br />
6. Public transport convenience and reliability needs to be improved<br />
7. Business is being driven away. Planning decisions <strong>of</strong> 20 years ago would promote<br />
supermarkets with free parking. A lack <strong>of</strong> parking affects parking and shopping parades<br />
die as a result.<br />
8. Green travel plans are not anti-car or anti-business. Occasional changes can be made.<br />
9. Car sharing works well but needs organisation<br />
10. The Council has no green travel plan yet but it intends to develop one<br />
11. Cycle lanes are put in for the sake <strong>of</strong> it because they are not used. Lanes cause<br />
congestion.<br />
12. While density on cycle lanes is low they are nevertheless used throughout the day.<br />
13. Access into Oxford and <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Road is poor and can impact negatively upon Uxbridge<br />
14. Park and ride around the <strong>Borough</strong> is agreeable by surrounding <strong>Borough</strong>s. Needs to be<br />
used for local people and not for those going into central <strong>London</strong>.<br />
15. Provision for local workers. Parking is unaffordable.<br />
16. Improve local stations as interchanges and improve links with other stations<br />
17. People who live and work in the <strong>Borough</strong> should be prioritised<br />
18. Transport for <strong>London</strong> has a lot to answer for. Several businesses contribute but do not<br />
get enough in return from Transport for <strong>London</strong>. They do not want to discuss parking and<br />
traffic issues with <strong>Hillingdon</strong>.<br />
19. Reduce charges in Chimes and the Pavilions. May attract the community to park and<br />
shop in the centres.<br />
20. Planning decisions are causing problems<br />
21. Building above stations<br />
22. Car boot sales in South Bucks takes business away from Uxbridge<br />
Accessibility<br />
1. North-South connections in the <strong>Borough</strong> are poor and there and people are therefore forced<br />
to use their cars. No bus link between South Ruislip and Uxbridge. Orbital routes are<br />
required within and outside the <strong>Borough</strong>.<br />
2. Integrated travelling throughout the <strong>Borough</strong><br />
Pedestrianisation<br />
1. Pedestrianisation <strong>of</strong> Hayes is a partial solution. A one-way system could open the centre up.<br />
A by-pass that is a car park. Joined up thinking.<br />
2. Town centres need people not cars.<br />
3. Key workers need parking to avoid getting fined<br />
4. Weekend demand for parking<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 131
5. Uxbridge is growing fast. It needs to be integrated. Rules should be set. Business move into<br />
a safe and attractive place.<br />
6. Quality <strong>of</strong> stations and bus services is poor<br />
6 Key Issues<br />
• Plan / strategy required for heavy vehicles (as to where they can go)<br />
• Green Travel Plans should be produced by local businesses. Travel costs should be<br />
built into salaries. Does this in fact happen?<br />
• Parking is a major issue for customers<br />
• Better enforcement <strong>of</strong> parking regulations; permit system - priority, controlled parking;<br />
and park and ride<br />
• Poor tube services to Uxbridge<br />
• Linkages between the Counties (Slough – High Wycombe, improved interchange)<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 132
BEHAVIOUR SUPPORT PLAN 2004-5 ITEM 7<br />
SUMMARY<br />
Contact Officer: Christine Sullivan<br />
Telephone: 01895 256524<br />
Section 527A <strong>of</strong> the Education Act, 1996 places a duty on LEAs to prepare a statement<br />
setting out the arrangements for the education <strong>of</strong> children with behavioural difficulties, to be<br />
known as a Behaviour Support Plan. The first plan was produced for 1 April 1999 to be<br />
reviewed with a revised plan published by 1 April 2001. Thereafter it was intended that the<br />
plans be <strong>of</strong> 3 year duration.<br />
The government’s revised intention is for there to be one overarching education plan to<br />
replace the Education Development Plan, Inclusion SEN Strategy and Behaviour Support<br />
Plan to be known as the Single Education Plan (SEP). This will be phased in with all<br />
authorities by 2007. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> is currently in the tranche to complete by 2006 but in the<br />
interests <strong>of</strong> efficiency <strong>of</strong> planning has received agreement from the DfES to produce an early<br />
SEP by January 2005.<br />
Hence the Behaviour Support Plan, originally intended to be a 3 year plan will be for one<br />
year only, from 2004-5. It has been written to dovetail with the Community Plan, EDP<br />
activities, the Inclusion/ SEN Strategy Action Plan and the Child & Adolescent Mental Heath<br />
Strategy Action Plan.<br />
The DfES Improving Behaviour and Attendance Department has agreed that the plan be<br />
simplified to meet local needs and recognises it is a transition plan. Nonetheless it has<br />
requested that the Plan be submitted to the department by March 31 st 2004.<br />
The Draft Behaviour Support Plan 2004-5 is attached at Appendix 1. The Plan has been<br />
produced by a sub group <strong>of</strong> the Behaviour Forum, a multi-agency group whose terms <strong>of</strong><br />
reference include monitoring and reviewing the Behaviour Support Plan and providing a<br />
mechanism for sharing and for coordinating planning relating to pupil behaviour across<br />
relevant strategic groups. The Forum is well attended by Education (<strong>of</strong>ficers and<br />
headteachers), Health, Social Services, Police and the Voluntary sector. Councillor Elaine<br />
Webb is a regular attendee. The draft plan has also been sent to all schools and governing<br />
bodies for comment.<br />
This Plan attempts to find a coherent way forward relating to provision for children with<br />
behaviour, emotional and social difficulties in a time <strong>of</strong> significant change and varied<br />
initiatives promoted by the DfES. Such developments include the Key Stage 3 Strategy<br />
Behaviour and Attendance Strand, the Primary Strategy Behaviour and Attendance pilot and<br />
the roll out <strong>of</strong> the Behaviour Improvement Programme (BIP) to the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Excellence<br />
Cluster. In addition, the Green paper ‘Every Child Matters’ will result in national and local<br />
changes in children’s services which will affect the implementation <strong>of</strong> this plan and future<br />
planning for the SEP.<br />
Key priorities in the Plan are to:<br />
1. Review behaviour provision in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>.<br />
2. Implement DfES strategies relating to behaviour and attendance.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 133
3. Develop a coherent database system to support pupils with behaviour,<br />
emotional and social difficulties.<br />
4. Develop multi-agency initiatives to improve identification and support systems<br />
and target vulnerable pupils, improving their life chances.<br />
5. Develop a coherent network <strong>of</strong> support for parents in managing their children.<br />
6. Improve communication systems re behaviour initiatives.<br />
7. Provide more effective options for pupils at risk if exclusion.<br />
8. Promote emotional literacy within the authority to improve social inclusion and<br />
raise attainment.<br />
9. Develop early intervention initiatives with a proven evidence base for success.<br />
10. Develop a whole system approach for children and young people with<br />
behavioural, emotional and social difficulties.<br />
11. Integrate and assimilate the CAMH strategy and Behaviour Support Pla.<br />
12. Consider in depth other implications <strong>of</strong> the Green Paper, Every Child Matters,<br />
for pupils with BESD and create an action plan.<br />
13. Support the roll out <strong>of</strong> the Behaviour Improvement Programme (BIP) to the<br />
Excellence Cluster.<br />
The full Behaviour Support Plan is being circulated to Cabinet Members and<br />
Group Leaders and copies are available for inspection in Party Group Offices.<br />
Further copies are available on request to the Cabinet Office.<br />
RECOMMENDATION<br />
That Cabinet endorses the Draft Behaviour Support Plan 2004-5.<br />
REASON FOR RECOMMENDATION<br />
Officers have made this recommendation in order that LBH complies with the LEA duty to<br />
ensure it has coherent, comprehensive and well understood local procedures for tackling<br />
pupil behaviour and discipline problems that cover the full range <strong>of</strong> needs. It creates an<br />
opportunity for review <strong>of</strong> local provision and strategic planning to promote more effective use<br />
<strong>of</strong> resources.<br />
A key aspect <strong>of</strong> the legislation is the requirement for LEAs to consult all the relevant interests<br />
locally to promote more effective co-ordination. A list <strong>of</strong> consultees is on the report checklist<br />
attached.<br />
OPTIONS AVAILABLE<br />
1. To approve the draft Behaviour Support Plan 2004-5 and require <strong>of</strong>ficers to<br />
implement its actions when fully signed;<br />
2. To suggest amendments as appropriate but taking into account the full<br />
consultation that has taken place with resulting amendments.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 134
COMMENTS OF OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE<br />
The Education Overview and Scrutiny Committee has not asked to comment on this<br />
report.<br />
INFORMATION<br />
Legal<br />
As the <strong>Report</strong> sets out, the preparation <strong>of</strong> a Behaviour Support Plan is a statutory<br />
requirement placed on the LEA. The DfES has agreed to the LEA producing an early Single<br />
Education Plan by next January. The proposed Draft Behaviour Support Plan will therefore<br />
be for one year only and at the request <strong>of</strong> the DfES should be submitted to them by 31<br />
March 2004. As such there are no legal implications arising from this <strong>Report</strong>.<br />
Resource Implications:<br />
The Behaviour Support Plan sets out how different funding streams are used to<br />
deliver the aspirations in the plan, whether that be a retained budget, a devolved<br />
budget or an external funding source. The plan does not seek additional funding, but<br />
identifies priorities for how the existing funding is to be used.<br />
The Behaviour Support Plan sets out the funding available in section 4.4. It also<br />
comments on the role <strong>of</strong> funding for each <strong>of</strong> the key agencies and groups identified<br />
in section 5.<br />
BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS:<br />
Circular 1/98, LEA Behaviour Support Plans, Statutory Guidance, March 1998<br />
Behaviour Support Plans – Transitional arrangements, DfES communication,<br />
October 2003<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 135
HILLINGDON LEA/ DFES COMPACT ITEM 8<br />
SUMMARY<br />
Contact Officer: Michael Dennison<br />
Telephone: 01895 277356<br />
In July 2003 Charles Clarke, Secretary <strong>of</strong> State for Education and Skills, and Sir<br />
Jeremy Beecham, Chair <strong>of</strong> the Local Government Association, signed a joint<br />
Statement <strong>of</strong> Intent to working in partnership to achieve better educational outcomes<br />
for children and young people. The statement sets out the shared vision for the<br />
educational system, a commitment to genuine partnership working and the education<br />
agenda for the coming academic years. It reflects the common understanding that<br />
educational objectives can best be pursued through a strong and productive<br />
relationship in which local authorities and the DfES support and respect each others’<br />
contribution and work together on a shared agenda.<br />
To implement the Statement <strong>of</strong> Intent locally, each local education authority and the<br />
DfES will agree a Compact, setting out at a strategic level which <strong>of</strong> the authorities<br />
priorities are <strong>of</strong> short and medium term importance within that authority. It is<br />
expected that the local Compact will be signed by the Director and Lead Member for<br />
Education, on behalf <strong>of</strong> the authority, and by the Schools’ Directorate Adviser, on<br />
behalf <strong>of</strong> the DfES. This does not represent the signing <strong>of</strong> a new plan but rather the<br />
commitment to a working relationship. An outline has, therefore, been drafted and<br />
shared with the Adviser, as required by the DfES.<br />
Since EYL and schools in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> are embarking on forging a new working<br />
agreement which is aimed at defining the leadership and management <strong>of</strong> the<br />
education service to meet future requirements, it is essential that schools are<br />
engaged with and committed to the Compact the education authority signs with the<br />
DfES. EYL held a major conference with headteachers at the end <strong>of</strong> January to<br />
agree its future priorities for action. It was agreed with headteachers to incorporate<br />
the DfES/LEA Compact within the programme for the conference. For this reason<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> has requested an extension before signing the Compact with the DfES.<br />
This was granted.<br />
The draft Compact is attached at Annex 1. The six key objectives reflect the priorities<br />
identified from the audit <strong>of</strong> the Education Development Plan 2002/2007 [which has<br />
previously been endorsed by Cabinet] and the Action Plan from the Vision and<br />
Values Conference held in September 2002. These have been widely discussed and<br />
agreed. The remaining elements were subject to further discussion and consultation<br />
with schools at the January conference and were finalised immediately afterwards to<br />
reflect fully the views <strong>of</strong> the headteachers.<br />
RECOMMENDATIONS<br />
That Cabinet:<br />
1. Agrees the draft Compact attached at Annex 1.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 136
2. Requires <strong>of</strong>ficers to monitor the implementation <strong>of</strong> the Compact and<br />
submit a further report on progress in December 2004.<br />
REASONS FOR OFFICER RECOMMENDATION<br />
Officers have made these recommendations in order that LBH complies with DfES<br />
requirements for local education authorities to develop and sign Compacts to<br />
achieve better educational outcomes for children and young people.<br />
OPTIONS AVAILABLE<br />
1. To approve the draft <strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA/ DfES Compact and require <strong>of</strong>ficers and<br />
advisers to implement its actions when finally signed;<br />
2. To suggest additional or alternative actions they would wish <strong>of</strong>ficers and<br />
advisers to implement.<br />
COMMENTS OF OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE<br />
Because <strong>of</strong> the tight timescale for the creation, consultation and signing <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Compact, it has not been possible to include it on the agenda for the Education<br />
Overview and Scrutiny Committee.<br />
INFORMATION<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong>/DFES Compact<br />
1. During the Autumn 2003, each LEA had the opportunity to agree an individual<br />
Compact with the DfES setting out how they will work together, including the effort<br />
and resources each will commit to the local priorities requiring the most immediate<br />
attention. It is intended that this Compact will set out the LEA’s priorities for action<br />
over the next 18 months i.e. for the remainder <strong>of</strong> the current academic year and<br />
2004-5.<br />
2. DfES conferences were held in October to inform LEAs about the scope and<br />
expectations <strong>of</strong> Compacts. In addition, a meeting has been held between the EYL<br />
Corporate Director, EYL Lead Member, and the DfES Adviser with the Schools<br />
Directorate. Since EYL and schools in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> are embarking on forging a new<br />
working agreement for the education service, it is essential that schools were fully<br />
engaged with and committed to the Compact the education authority signs with the<br />
DfES. EYL held a major conference with headteachers at the end <strong>of</strong> January to<br />
agree its future priorities for action. It was agreed with headteachers to incorporate<br />
the DfES/LEA Compact within the programme. For this reason an extension before<br />
finally signing the Compact with the DfES was agreed with DfES.<br />
3. The key priorities for the local education authority over the next 18 months are<br />
set out as 6 objectives. The first 4 reflect the priorities already identified in EDP 2:<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 137
• Inclusion through achievement – all schools<br />
• Inclusion through achievement – primary age pupils<br />
• Inclusion through achievement –secondary age pupils<br />
• Leading and managing learning.<br />
4. The other 2 objectives arose from the Action Plan from the Vision and Values<br />
Conference held in September 2002:<br />
• Mapping and managing diversity, excellence and choice; Building Schools for<br />
the future<br />
• Strategic Planning, collaboration and Best Value.<br />
LEGAL<br />
This report sets out the LEA’s continuing obligations to further the aim <strong>of</strong> school<br />
improvement and there are no legal implications arising from this report.<br />
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS:<br />
The Compact identifies what the LEA's priorities are and where resources will be<br />
targeted to support those priorities. It does not seek additional resources and, to that<br />
extent, there are no resource implications.<br />
BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />
DfES Guidelines for CEOs and Executive Members for Education and LEA Staff:<br />
“Compacts – Partnerships working to deliver shared priorities” 15/08/2003<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 138
LONDON BOROUGH OF HILLINGDON<br />
LEA/DfES COMPACT<br />
2004-05<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 139
HILLINGDON EDUCATION SERVICE & DFES COMPACT<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s Compact with the DfES is set in the context <strong>of</strong> the Community Plan priorities, the Council’s corporate values and themes, the<br />
‘Education, Youth and Leisure priorities, the EDP2, <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Schools’ Improvement Plans and other related LEA statutory and service plans.<br />
Linked plans are identified in an appendix to this document. Relevant references to the Council’s Themes and Objectives are included in the<br />
Compact to indicate where contributions are being made. The Compact also takes account <strong>of</strong> the development <strong>of</strong> a Single Education Plan,<br />
proposed for 2005.<br />
This Compact comprises a shared agreement between the <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong> and the DfES to work in partnership to achieve<br />
better educational outcomes for children and young people according to the National Statement <strong>of</strong> Intent for Partnership Working. Key, shared<br />
priorities are identified for the period from April 2004 to March 2005.<br />
The following 6 Priority Objectives in this Compact have been developed in close collaboration with LBH Elected Members, headteachers and<br />
representative governors.<br />
1. Inclusion through achievement: all pupils<br />
2. Inclusion through achievement: primary age pupils<br />
3. Inclusion through achievement: secondary age pupils<br />
4. Leading & managing learning<br />
5. Responding to diversity and providing excellence<br />
6. Strategic Planning, Collaboration, Building Schools for the Future & Best Value.<br />
These 6 Key Objectives have been subject to wide and effective consultation. Importantly, they were considered and the Key Actions<br />
developed further at the LEA’s partnership conference, ‘Remodelling <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s Education Service’, that took place in January 2004. They<br />
coincide closely with the Director’s vision for schools, set out at the same conference. At this conference, the Priority Objectives were<br />
endorsed and specific activities were agreed, to be implemented through the EDP2, EYL Service and Team Plans. Targets are linked and<br />
referenced to statutory and other plans.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 140
Priority<br />
Objectives<br />
HILLINGDON EDUCATION SERVICE & DfES COMPACT 2004/05<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Targets and<br />
Outcomes<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Key Actions DfES Contribution Council and<br />
Community Plan<br />
Priorities<br />
1.<br />
Inclusion<br />
through<br />
Achievement:<br />
all pupils<br />
Targets Ref<br />
EDP2 targets<br />
Inclusion/SEN<br />
Strategy<br />
Data Sharing<br />
Protocol [IRT]<br />
Behaviour<br />
Support Plan<br />
Local PSA<br />
School<br />
Improvement<br />
Plans<br />
1a.<br />
Establish effective cross- service/<br />
inter agency structures to focus on<br />
the needs <strong>of</strong> all children.<br />
1b.<br />
Meet EDP2 Priority 3 objective to<br />
provide effective education for all<br />
pupils, particularly those identified<br />
as most vulnerable and those at<br />
risk <strong>of</strong> underachieving.<br />
Implement effective strategies to improve the<br />
delivery <strong>of</strong> Children’s' Services across<br />
Education, Youth & Leisure (EYL), Social<br />
Services, Health and the Voluntary Sector<br />
Implement the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Inclusion/SEN<br />
Strategy by establishing partnerships <strong>of</strong><br />
schools, developing shared specialist<br />
provision and tackling exclusion together.<br />
Implement BSP actions aimed at improving<br />
behaviour and reducing exclusions, linked to<br />
Managed Moves initiative.<br />
Develop the use <strong>of</strong> pupil performance data<br />
with and across schools, at senior and<br />
middle management levels.<br />
Guidance following<br />
legislation from Green<br />
Paper ‘Every Child Matters’<br />
Support funding through<br />
the Vulnerable Pupils'<br />
grant.<br />
Continued advice, support<br />
and Standards Fund<br />
through BIP, BSP and IRT<br />
programmes<br />
Learning & Culture<br />
Learning & Culture<br />
1c.<br />
Improve the SEN provision and<br />
funding stream by minimising<br />
statements and out-<strong>Borough</strong> SEN<br />
provision and deploy budgets<br />
locally<br />
1d.<br />
Introduce single IRT structure for<br />
children across LBH services and<br />
Health<br />
Implement the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Inclusion/SEN<br />
Strategy. Review partnerships and clusters <strong>of</strong><br />
schools to share specialist provision<br />
effectively and reduce exclusions.<br />
Implement the actions from the agreed Data<br />
Sharing Protocol [draft Dec.2003], which<br />
provides guidance and responsibilities for<br />
partner organisations<br />
Provide support, advice,<br />
guidance and share<br />
examples <strong>of</strong> effective<br />
practice, including with the<br />
West <strong>London</strong> project<br />
review <strong>of</strong> SEN Transport<br />
funding. (Current activity<br />
with DfES)<br />
Remove current legislative<br />
barriers for the effective<br />
sharing <strong>of</strong> pupil-level<br />
information across services<br />
and agencies, as proposed<br />
in the Green Paper.<br />
Learning & Culture<br />
Learning & Culture<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 141
Priority<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Targets and<br />
Outcomes<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Key Actions DfES Contribution Council and<br />
Community Plan<br />
Priorities<br />
2.<br />
Inclusion<br />
through<br />
Achievement:<br />
primary age<br />
pupils<br />
Targets Ref.<br />
EDP2 targets<br />
Incl. No<br />
schools in<br />
OfSTED/LEA<br />
categories<br />
Inclusion/SEN<br />
Strategy<br />
EYDCP<br />
targets<br />
Local PSA<br />
2a.<br />
Improve performance <strong>of</strong> all children<br />
by at least two-thirds <strong>of</strong> a level<br />
each year [equivalent % ] ,<br />
particularly LAC and other<br />
Underachieving Groups identified<br />
in EDP2 (2002 - 2007) at Key<br />
Stages 1 & 2<br />
2b.<br />
Improve performance <strong>of</strong><br />
LAC/EOTAS, G&T & SEN groups<br />
<strong>of</strong> pupils at the end <strong>of</strong> Foundation<br />
Stage and Key Stages 1 & 2<br />
(including P level performance)<br />
2c.<br />
Continue to improve standards<br />
and provision for literacy,<br />
numeracy and ICT for all pupils in<br />
nursery and primary schools and<br />
achieve LEA KS2 targets for<br />
2004/5.<br />
Ensure that pupils in all <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
primary schools are making good<br />
progress.<br />
Publish, analyse and monitor data on the<br />
performance <strong>of</strong> underachieving groups.<br />
Work with schools to develop and track the<br />
impact <strong>of</strong> targeted and effective teaching and<br />
learning strategies to improve the attainment<br />
<strong>of</strong> underachieving groups and share good<br />
practice<br />
Support the development <strong>of</strong> the EiC Cluster<br />
across Standards and Inclusion Services<br />
Targeted work with schools, groups and<br />
clusters <strong>of</strong> schools to develop and share<br />
effective ways <strong>of</strong> increasing the achievement<br />
<strong>of</strong> children looked after, gifted and talented<br />
and with SEN.<br />
Clarify <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s Primary Strategy and<br />
service provision.<br />
Develop a Primary curriculum entitlement,<br />
reference to “Excellence and Enjoyment” to<br />
incorporating creativity, and citizenship<br />
Develop the use <strong>of</strong> pupil performance data in<br />
schools so that all make effective use <strong>of</strong><br />
pupil-level information in order to drive up<br />
standards.<br />
Advice and support on the<br />
use and development <strong>of</strong><br />
data with school senior and<br />
middle managers, including<br />
use <strong>of</strong> PAT.<br />
Brokering networks to<br />
develop and share<br />
effective strategies,<br />
particularly relating to key<br />
underachieving groups<br />
(SDA)<br />
Maintain EiC Cluster<br />
funding for the contractual<br />
period<br />
Support networking and<br />
sharing <strong>of</strong> good practice<br />
across <strong>London</strong> LEAs<br />
(SDA)<br />
Maintain Standards Funds<br />
for the Primary Strategy<br />
and NGfL, and support<br />
developments with the<br />
‘Excellence & Enjoyment’<br />
Strategy.<br />
Regional director<br />
infrastructure provides<br />
continuing and flexible<br />
programmes according to<br />
agreed pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> need (RD)<br />
Learning & Culture<br />
Learning & Culture<br />
Learning & Culture<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 142
Priority<br />
Objectives<br />
School<br />
Improvement<br />
Plans<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Targets and<br />
Outcomes<br />
Ensure those schools in<br />
challenging circumstances are<br />
achieving at least to the level <strong>of</strong><br />
"floor targets" and none is in<br />
OfSTED categories or causing<br />
concern.<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Key Actions DfES Contribution Council and<br />
Community Plan<br />
Priorities<br />
Expand programmes to support senior and<br />
middle management development in line with<br />
<strong>London</strong> Challenge and NCSL initiatives.<br />
2d.<br />
Further improve standards and<br />
quality <strong>of</strong> provision in Early Years<br />
Maintain and embed Early Years strategy as<br />
set out in the EYDCP and EDP2.<br />
Foundation stage pr<strong>of</strong>ile to have compatibility<br />
with P levels to inform targets, track and<br />
measure attainment into KS1<br />
Provide guidance,<br />
materials and examples <strong>of</strong><br />
good practice<br />
Learning & Culture<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 143
Priority<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Targets and<br />
Outcomes<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Key Actions<br />
DfES<br />
Contribution<br />
Council and Community<br />
Plan<br />
Priorities<br />
3.<br />
Inclusion<br />
through<br />
Achievement:<br />
secondary<br />
age pupils<br />
Targets Ref.<br />
EDP2 Targets<br />
No schools<br />
below the floor<br />
target<br />
3a.<br />
Improve standards and quality <strong>of</strong><br />
education at all levels at KS3 and<br />
achieve local PSA "stretch targets"<br />
for 2005<br />
Work with and across schools to target<br />
support through the Key Stage 3 strategy<br />
development and NGfL teams.<br />
Implement effective recruitment and retention<br />
teachers linked to the TTA initiatives to<br />
support recruitment and NRT support for<br />
Remodelling West <strong>London</strong>.<br />
Establish KS2–3 Transition project to ensure<br />
consistency <strong>of</strong> teaching and assessment for<br />
learning.<br />
Develop the use <strong>of</strong> pupil performance data in<br />
schools so that all make effective use <strong>of</strong> pupillevel<br />
information in order to drive up<br />
standards.<br />
Maintain Standards<br />
Funds for KS3 and<br />
NGfL.<br />
Regional director<br />
infrastructure<br />
provides continuing<br />
and flexible<br />
programmes<br />
according to agreed<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> need.(RD)<br />
Advice and support<br />
on the use and<br />
development <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>London</strong> Schools<br />
Family data (<strong>London</strong><br />
Challenge).<br />
Learning & Culture<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 144
Priority<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Targets and<br />
Outcomes<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Key Actions DfES Contribution Council and<br />
Community Plan<br />
Priorities<br />
No schools in<br />
OfSTED/LEA<br />
categories<br />
causing<br />
concern<br />
Local PSA<br />
BSP<br />
14-19 Strategy<br />
School<br />
Improvement<br />
Plans<br />
3b.<br />
Ensure that all <strong>Hillingdon</strong> secondary<br />
schools are making good progress.<br />
Ensure those in challenging<br />
circumstances are achieving at<br />
least to the level <strong>of</strong> "floor targets"<br />
and none is in OfSTED categories<br />
or causing concern.<br />
Standards and Inclusion services to provide<br />
targeted support to secondary schools below<br />
or near "floor targets" and/or in Amber or Red<br />
categories and focused support for school<br />
senior and middle management with schools.<br />
Build on the good practice and effective<br />
management in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> secondary schools<br />
[Beacon, Leading Edge, Specialist, Training<br />
College, City Academy etc] to share good<br />
practice and drive up standards.<br />
Expand programmes to support senior and<br />
middle management development in line with<br />
<strong>London</strong> Challenge and NCSL initiatives<br />
Work in close liaison with<br />
the LEA and link with LEA<br />
strategy, to provide<br />
continued and well coordinated<br />
support and<br />
funding from LIG,<br />
Academies, EiC,<br />
Excellence in Cities and<br />
<strong>London</strong> Challenge Advisers<br />
and developments.<br />
Use <strong>of</strong> NRT to support local<br />
development <strong>of</strong><br />
Remodelling Strategy.<br />
Support and monitor<br />
progress (SDA.)<br />
Learning & Culture<br />
3c.<br />
Improve advice and guidance for<br />
young people and reduce NEETs<br />
by 10% by 2005<br />
Develop 14 -19 strategy aimed at enhancing<br />
curriculum provision, increasing access and<br />
participation and raising standards<br />
Support for developing Pan<br />
<strong>London</strong> links and vocational<br />
options through the LSC<br />
(<strong>London</strong> Challenge)<br />
Learning & Culture<br />
3d.<br />
Develop student voice and active<br />
citizenship in line with <strong>London</strong><br />
Challenge priorities<br />
Expand and enhance the Healthy <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Schools programme to focus on the<br />
development <strong>of</strong> School Councils and the<br />
active engagement <strong>of</strong> students.<br />
Opportunities through the<br />
<strong>London</strong> Challenge.<br />
Learning & Culture<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 145
Priority<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Targets and<br />
Outcomes<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Key Actions DfES Contribution Council and<br />
Community Plan<br />
Priorities<br />
4.<br />
Leading &<br />
Managing<br />
Learning<br />
Targets Ref.<br />
4a.<br />
Establish <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Curriculum<br />
Entitlement for each Key Stage to<br />
incorporate ‘Excellence and<br />
Enjoyment’, Citizenship etc.<br />
Review curriculum documents to incorporate<br />
breadth, balance, innovation, creativity,<br />
Citizenship.<br />
Develop a targeted CPD programme to<br />
integrate the new curriculum at each Key<br />
Stage.<br />
Advice and guidance from<br />
relevant DfES curriculum<br />
strategy teams.<br />
Support and monitor<br />
progress (SDA).<br />
Learning & Culture<br />
EDP2 targets<br />
HGfL Strategy<br />
WRS Action<br />
Plan<br />
4b.<br />
Continue to develop and improve<br />
school leadership and management<br />
so that 80% <strong>of</strong> schools’ leadership<br />
and management are good or<br />
better.<br />
Develop a cohesive programme for Middle<br />
Management development, based on Leading<br />
from the Middle.<br />
Expand and enhance programmes to support<br />
senior and middle management development<br />
in line with <strong>London</strong> Challenge and NCSL<br />
initiatives.<br />
Maintain support through<br />
LIG, Primary Leadership<br />
Programme, training and<br />
funding, <strong>London</strong> Challenge<br />
& Academy Adviser support<br />
and develop CPD through<br />
<strong>London</strong> Leadership Centre<br />
Encourage continuous<br />
improvement culture<br />
Recruitment<br />
Strategy<br />
4c.<br />
Develop and enhance the<br />
curriculum through ICT and<br />
opportunities <strong>of</strong>fered through<br />
broadband technology.<br />
Focus on programmes to improve induction,<br />
mentoring and CPD – with schools as<br />
providers.<br />
Establish and embed the benefits <strong>of</strong> HGfL and<br />
provide effective joint management with<br />
schools.<br />
Maintain funding for NGfL<br />
development and provide<br />
on-line assessment for ICT<br />
Provide guidance, material<br />
and good practice networks<br />
Learning & Culture<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 146
Priority<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Targets and<br />
Outcomes<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Key Actions DfES Contribution Council and<br />
Community Plan<br />
Priorities<br />
4d.<br />
Recruit, retain and maintain the<br />
provision <strong>of</strong> high quality staff and<br />
governors<br />
Maintain and expand the programmes for<br />
R&R at local level, to build on the ALCEO<br />
initiatives.<br />
Workforce Remodelling Strategy (WRS)<br />
implemented, developed and monitored.<br />
Maintain DfES funding for<br />
WRS and links with<br />
TTA funding for RSM<br />
function (NRT)<br />
Retain and recruit high<br />
performing people<br />
Develop a strategy to recruit governors and<br />
improve the quality and effectiveness <strong>of</strong><br />
governing bodies.<br />
4e.<br />
Embed effective self-evaluation<br />
and Performance Management in<br />
schools and the LEA<br />
Enhance the Annual School Review for all<br />
schools to emphasise the supported selfevaluation<br />
element and enabling schools to<br />
work towards the OfSTED S4.<br />
Support for the<br />
development <strong>of</strong> selfevaluation<br />
and monitor the<br />
impact. (SDA)<br />
Manage performance for<br />
improvement<br />
Support and promote effective Performance<br />
Management through programmes for staff<br />
and governors.<br />
Establish the National Standards for School<br />
Improvement Services as the basis for service<br />
specification with schools.<br />
Develop the Annual School Review to further<br />
enhance the role <strong>of</strong> school leaders.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 147
Priority<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Targets and<br />
Outcomes<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Key Actions DfES Contribution Council and<br />
Community Plan<br />
Priorities<br />
5.<br />
Responding<br />
to diversity<br />
and providing<br />
excellence<br />
Targets Ref.<br />
EDP2 targets<br />
School<br />
Organisation<br />
Plan<br />
Community<br />
Plan<br />
5a.<br />
Strategy jointly agreed with<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> schools for promoting<br />
and disseminating excellence and<br />
diversity<br />
5b.<br />
Develop the community dimension<br />
<strong>of</strong> schools including extended<br />
schools and full service schools<br />
Support and promote applications for<br />
Specialist status, Leading Edge, Chartermark,<br />
IiP, Achievement Awards, Curriculum Awards,<br />
etc and develop City Academies, as<br />
appropriate.<br />
Exploit and build on the effective extended<br />
schools practice in some schools to develop<br />
pilot programmes with LBH through the<br />
extended & full service schools programme,<br />
developing aspects identified in the Green<br />
Paper ‘Every Child Matters’ regarding<br />
provision <strong>of</strong> local community services .<br />
Advice and guidance from<br />
Specialist College, Leading<br />
Edge and Academies<br />
teams.<br />
Advice and support with<br />
Support and monitor<br />
progress (SDA).<br />
Advice and guidance from<br />
extended and full services<br />
schools teams and on<br />
developing full service<br />
provision and community<br />
service provision as an<br />
integral part <strong>of</strong> raising<br />
achievement, increasing<br />
inclusion and lifelong<br />
learning.<br />
Learning & Culture<br />
Working in partnership with<br />
community and partners<br />
5c.<br />
Establish effective sharing <strong>of</strong> good<br />
practice across partnerships and<br />
phases.<br />
Develop and implement strategy from the<br />
January 2004 ‘Remodelling <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s<br />
Education Service’ conference between the<br />
LEA, school headteachers and representative<br />
governors.<br />
Monitoring <strong>of</strong> progress<br />
(SDA).<br />
Support through <strong>London</strong><br />
Challenge and DfES<br />
collaborative networking<br />
projects and developments,<br />
good practice websites,<br />
publications and materials.<br />
(e.g. LIG, Federations,<br />
Innovations Unit)<br />
Learning & Culture<br />
Working in partnership with<br />
community and partners<br />
Support and monitoring<br />
(SDA)<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 148
Priority<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Targets and<br />
Outcomes<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Key Actions DfES Contribution Council and<br />
Community Plan<br />
Priorities<br />
6.<br />
Strategic<br />
Planning,<br />
Collaboration,<br />
Building<br />
Schools for<br />
the Future<br />
and Best<br />
Value<br />
Targets Ref.<br />
Corporate<br />
Plan/CPA Plan<br />
Milestones<br />
EDP Targets<br />
for<br />
development<br />
<strong>of</strong> SEP<br />
Post Ofsted<br />
Action Plan<br />
6a.<br />
Improved CPA rating to achieve 3*<br />
rating for Education by 2005<br />
Schools improve by 1 grade for<br />
VFM on re-inspection by OfSTED<br />
6b.<br />
Improve Strategic Planning rating<br />
in Audit Commission Annual Survey<br />
<strong>of</strong> Schools into next quartile by<br />
2005<br />
6c.<br />
Review the mechanisms for<br />
decision-making and<br />
communication with schools to<br />
improve the level <strong>of</strong> joint leadership<br />
6d.<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> schools to engage in the<br />
development and enhancement <strong>of</strong><br />
partnerships by 2005.<br />
6e.<br />
Rationalise and refocus the<br />
‘Education, Youth and Leisure’<br />
services planning through the<br />
development <strong>of</strong> the SEP<br />
LEA will develop its planning and consultation<br />
procedures<br />
Develop rigorous and systematic selfevaluation<br />
against the Ofsted LEA Inspection<br />
JRSs.<br />
Implement Action Plan from Headteacher<br />
Conference [January 2004] to review the<br />
Strategic Advisory Groups and reduce the<br />
number <strong>of</strong> standing groups involving<br />
headteachers.<br />
Implement recommendations from <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Collaboration Project (Mouchel) as agreed<br />
with HTs at the January 2004 Conference<br />
Reduce number <strong>of</strong> meetings and improve<br />
quality <strong>of</strong> decision-making and<br />
communication.<br />
Audit existing clusters and partnerships and<br />
ensure all schools have access to<br />
collaborative support in line with SIP priorities;<br />
develop and disseminate the work with all<br />
schools through the <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Collaboration[Mouchel] Project.<br />
Draft SEP across all EYL Services to ensure<br />
greater coherence <strong>of</strong> planning<br />
Advice and guidance from<br />
relevant DfES teams.<br />
Advice and monitoring <strong>of</strong><br />
progress ( SDA.)<br />
Advice and monitoring <strong>of</strong><br />
progress (SDA).<br />
Support and monitor<br />
progress (SDA).<br />
Publish good practice<br />
networks on learning<br />
partnerships on the web<br />
Support and monitor<br />
progress (SDA).<br />
Use SEP website and<br />
examples <strong>of</strong> good practice<br />
to inform development <strong>of</strong><br />
SEP.<br />
SDA and SEP policy team<br />
support for endorsement<br />
Provide excellent services<br />
to community and<br />
customers;<br />
Manage finance and<br />
assets effectively<br />
Encourage continuous<br />
improvement culture<br />
Plan and prioritise<br />
effectively<br />
Working in partnership with<br />
community and partners<br />
Modernise Council<br />
processes<br />
Plan and prioritise<br />
effectively<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 149
REVIEW OF WELFARE MEALS SERVICE, MEALS<br />
IN THE HOME, DINING CENTRE, DAY CENTRE<br />
MEALS AND CIVIC CENTRE BANQUETING<br />
SERVICE<br />
ITEM 9<br />
Contact Officers: Jeremy Ambache/Steve Smith<br />
Telephone: 01895 27727401895 250518<br />
SUMMARY<br />
This report sets out the progress made since the last report to Cabinet on 18 th<br />
December 2003.<br />
Following the recommendations from Cabinet, to explore Options 3a and 3b, Officers<br />
have set out a programme to market test ‘Meals in the Home Services’ and<br />
Banqueting Services.<br />
RECOMMENDATION<br />
That Members note the progress made in market testing the meals and<br />
banqueting services.<br />
REASON FOR RECOMMENDATION<br />
The Cabinet requested an update to be presented to this meeting.<br />
OPTIONS AVAILABLE<br />
None at this stage<br />
COMMENTS OF OVERVIEW & SCRUTINY COMMITTEE<br />
The Committee has not asked to comment on the report.<br />
INFORMATION<br />
1. A project group (comprising managers <strong>of</strong> the services, commissioning and<br />
procurement staff), has been set up to meet the requirements <strong>of</strong> the market testing.<br />
2. To ensure compliance with European legislation an advertisement was placed in<br />
the Official Journal <strong>of</strong> the European Union in February and notification <strong>of</strong> our<br />
intentions to market test was placed in both the local and trade press.<br />
3. In accordance with legislation 37 days is required for this purpose and for<br />
expressions <strong>of</strong> interest to made back to the <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. All<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 150
expressions <strong>of</strong> interest are due to be returned to the Council by 23 rd March 2004. An<br />
evaluation <strong>of</strong> the questionnaire responses will then be made.<br />
4. An invitation to tender will be made to suitable contractors and they will be<br />
provided with the specification and contract conditions. This is planned to<br />
commence in April 2004, and tenders will be returned to the authority by the end <strong>of</strong><br />
May 2004.<br />
5. A panel will then be set up to evaluate the tenders. Suitable companies will be<br />
interviewed and invited to present their proposals to the Council. Information in<br />
respect <strong>of</strong> the outcome <strong>of</strong> the tender evaluation exercise will then be reported to<br />
Cabinet in September 2004. This will include an assessment <strong>of</strong> the TUPE<br />
implications.<br />
6. It is proposed that a three-year contract, commencing in January 2005, with an<br />
option to extend is sought.<br />
CORPORATE CONSULTATIONS CARRIED OUT<br />
Legal Implications<br />
7. The various stages <strong>of</strong> the procurement process are outlined in the body <strong>of</strong> the<br />
report. At this stage, there is nothing further that can be added by way <strong>of</strong> legal<br />
comments.<br />
Finance Implications<br />
8. There are no financial implications from this report. Social Services’ Procurement<br />
Manager is involved in the project team and will ensure that the prescribed format for<br />
responses to the Invitation to Tender will enable all bids to be evaluated on a<br />
consistent basis.<br />
BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />
<strong>Report</strong> to Cabinet 18 th December 2003<br />
Meals Review Committee <strong>Report</strong> to Social Services 19 th March 2002<br />
<strong>Report</strong> on Asha Day Centre Users Petition 13 th September 2001<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 151
EARLY YEARS DEVELOPMENT AND CHILDCARE<br />
PARTNERSHIP IMPLEMENTATION PLAN 2004/05<br />
ITEM 10<br />
Contact Officer: Roger Turner/Alison Booth<br />
Telephone: 01895 250789/01895 277348<br />
SUMMARY<br />
The <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Early Years Development and Childcare Partnership (EYDCP) has<br />
been working together on the 2004-06 Early Years Development and Childcare<br />
Partnership Implementation Plan. Three years ago the Government (DfES/Sure<br />
Start) and Members approved fully the EYDCP strategic Plan 2001-04 and this time<br />
last year the Implementation Plan for 2003-04 received full approval. The current<br />
Implementation Plan has been guiding the work <strong>of</strong> the Partnership and considerable<br />
progress has been achieved during the last year. Although Sure Start no longer<br />
require submission <strong>of</strong> a Plan, they have specified a number <strong>of</strong> priority areas for the<br />
focus <strong>of</strong> the EYDCP’s work during the 2 years 2004-06. This plan is a 2 year plan, to<br />
run parallel with the 2 year funding allocation for 2004-06 that has already been<br />
agreed with the Sure Start Unit. This report, together with the Implementation Plan,<br />
provides Members with the details contained in the new plan for its consideration.<br />
A full copy <strong>of</strong> the Plan is available to any Member who wishes to access a copy.<br />
RECOMMENDATION:<br />
That members:<br />
1. Note the achievements made in response to the targets set out in the<br />
current Plan (03-04);<br />
2. Approve the proposals set out in the new Plan (04-06);<br />
REASONS FOR OFFICER RECOMMENDATION<br />
To ensure that the Partnership contributes appropriately and strategically to national<br />
and local targets to ensure high quality childcare and early education provision in<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> and thus the continuance <strong>of</strong> £3.1M external funding from Sure Start for<br />
2004-06.<br />
OPTIONS<br />
1. To approve the plan for 2004-06;<br />
2. To approve the plan for 2004-06, with modifications<br />
3. To not approve the plan for 2004-06. Were this option to be considered the<br />
EYDCP would be unable to drawn down funding from the Government.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 152
COMMENTS OF OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE<br />
Education, Libraries and Arts Overview and Scrutiny Committee have provided no<br />
comments.<br />
INFORMATION<br />
1. During 2003-04 the DfES/Sure Start required the EYDCP to set targets in 14<br />
areas in its Implementation Plan for 2003-04. All <strong>of</strong> these areas <strong>of</strong> working are<br />
reflected in the 2004-06 plan that follows the same format as the Sure Start Delivery<br />
Guidance 2004-2006.<br />
Free Early Education for 3 Year Olds<br />
2. Through partnership between maintained school nursery places, day nurseries,<br />
playgroups and independent schools <strong>Hillingdon</strong> has established a position <strong>of</strong><br />
providing free early education for all three year-old children who live, and are<br />
educated, within <strong>Hillingdon</strong> borders. This resulted in an early achievement <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Sure Start target to provide universal provision by eighteen months.<br />
3. The School Standards and Framework Act has placed a duty on local authorities<br />
to provide free early education for all four year-old children at point <strong>of</strong> delivery from<br />
1998. This Act has now been extended to include all three year-old children.<br />
Funding for this element <strong>of</strong> education will be within the Education Formula Funding<br />
from April 2004.<br />
Expansion <strong>of</strong> Childcare Places<br />
4. Despite substantial barriers to the attainment <strong>of</strong> the targets set in the 2001-04<br />
strategic plan, for example:-<br />
• Change <strong>of</strong> national regulator (OfSTED) and to national regulations (Care<br />
Standards);<br />
• Lack <strong>of</strong> suitable premises;<br />
• National shortage <strong>of</strong> suitably qualified workers.<br />
5. Good progress has been made towards the target for 03-04 and, in the 9 months<br />
to December 2003, 70% <strong>of</strong> the target for the creation <strong>of</strong> childcare places has been<br />
achieved. Comparison between target and actual performance over 3 and 1 year<br />
are as follows:-<br />
Area <strong>of</strong> expansion<br />
Revised<br />
target<br />
01-04<br />
Actual<br />
performance<br />
01-Dec 03<br />
Target<br />
2003-04<br />
Performance Apr<br />
03-Dec 03<br />
Out <strong>of</strong> School<br />
985 798 370 183<br />
childcare<br />
Pre-school childcare 444 543 152 186<br />
Childminding places 1471 1203 579 311<br />
Total 2900 2544 1101 739<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 153
6. Funding <strong>of</strong> £72,000 has been secured to help providers towards the cost <strong>of</strong><br />
starting up new schemes. Expressions <strong>of</strong> interest in bidding for the funding resulted<br />
in 3 responses and funding is likely to be given to providers starting clubs at Colham<br />
Manor, Hayes Park Primary and Charville Schools.<br />
Recruitment<br />
7. 2 fundays have been held in Harefield and Northwood to which over 2,000<br />
parents and children attended. The events resulted in increased interest in<br />
childminding and working in the early years and childcare sector. In total, 169<br />
people have expressed a strong interest in working in the sector since April 2003.<br />
8. The EYDCP will continue to <strong>of</strong>fer a startup package <strong>of</strong> £100 to all newlyregistering<br />
childminders.<br />
Training<br />
9. The strategic target for 2003-04 is for 400 childcare workers to receive<br />
qualifications based training. This has been exceeded and 547 childcare workers<br />
have accessed qualifications based training funded through the Childcare Grant and<br />
European Social Funding. The strategic target for a total <strong>of</strong> 1,200 workers to receive<br />
training by 2004 has been met and exceeded by 2003. The target for 2004-05<br />
reflects the increased demand for training and has been raised to 250 workers to be<br />
75% funded for level 2 and level 3 courses and to provide 375 non-qualifications<br />
childcare training places. The target is the same for 2005-06.<br />
10. The strategic target for 2003-04 is to provide the equivalent <strong>of</strong> four days training<br />
per Foundation Stage practitioner (staff in school nurseries, playgroups, day<br />
nurseries and independent schools) during the year. This target was reached<br />
through the provision <strong>of</strong> over seventy short courses. From April 2003 to February<br />
2004, 733 practitioners had attended the training events that have been provided.<br />
The course programme has been funded through European Social Funding and a<br />
direct grant from the DfES. The EYDCP is required to provide this level <strong>of</strong><br />
Foundation Stage training over the next two years. DfES funding will be available to<br />
support the coming training programmes.<br />
11. The EYDCP were required to deliver the equivalent <strong>of</strong> 3 days training per setting<br />
Special Education Needs Coordinator (SENCO) over the last 3 years (2001-2004).<br />
The implementation <strong>of</strong> this target was to provide one days training per setting<br />
SENCO in each <strong>of</strong> the three years. This was achieved this year through the<br />
provision <strong>of</strong> approximately eighteen training events, and last year included modular<br />
SENCO courses that will hopefully be accredited in the spring <strong>of</strong> 2004. From April<br />
2003 to February 2004 185 participants have attended the 18 courses that have<br />
been provided. This year’s course programme has been funded through a direct<br />
DfES grant. Funding for training will be continued for the next two years.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 154
Quality in Early Education<br />
12. Grants have been paid to childminders, all full daycare, sessional and out <strong>of</strong><br />
school providers to enable them to purchase and renew equipment to raise quality<br />
throughout the sector. A quality childminding network is being developed in<br />
collaboration with Sure Start in Hayes and it is hoped that this will receive<br />
accreditation by Spring 2004.<br />
13. The Partnership have made good progress in the promotion <strong>of</strong> quality<br />
accreditation schemes and 1 provider has attained accreditation and an additional 23<br />
providers have been recruited this year making a total <strong>of</strong> 40 providers and<br />
childminders who are now fully or part funded to work towards quality accreditation.<br />
The target for 15% <strong>of</strong> providers (20) to be working towards QA accreditation set for<br />
2003-04 has been exceeded by 13. Support groups and workshops have been<br />
established to support providers through the process and staff in the Partnership<br />
have received training to enable them to provider mentoring support.<br />
14. As <strong>of</strong> February 2004 there will be a team <strong>of</strong> 3.5 Early Years Advisory Teachers,<br />
working alongside the LEA Early Years Adviser, to support the development <strong>of</strong><br />
quality within early education provision in all sectors catering for the education <strong>of</strong><br />
children between the ages <strong>of</strong> three and five years. This development is supported<br />
through in-setting support, pre and post OfSTED inspection support and<br />
dissemination <strong>of</strong> good practice through twinning schools and non-maintained<br />
providers, arranging visits to settings with recognised good practice, good practice<br />
guidelines and newsletters.<br />
15. During the autumn term <strong>of</strong> 2003 the Early Years Team provided support to<br />
ninety-nine settings to develop a wide range <strong>of</strong> aspects <strong>of</strong> Foundation Stage<br />
education. The twinning initiative now twins a total <strong>of</strong> ten schools and thirty settings<br />
and with the implementation <strong>of</strong> the visits initiative it is hoped that the dissemination <strong>of</strong><br />
good practice and partnership working will continue to be enhanced.<br />
Special Educational Needs and Equal Opportunities<br />
16. With the recruitment <strong>of</strong> two Inclusion Facilitators, to work in partnership with the<br />
Inclusion Advisers recruited in 2003, the target <strong>of</strong> providing practitioner and SENCO<br />
support to all non-maintained Foundation Stage settings on a ratio <strong>of</strong> one to twenty,<br />
has been achieved. The Inclusion Team provides support to practitioners to enable<br />
them to cater for children’s individual and significant needs. They also support<br />
providers to develop inclusive practice and effective policies including those<br />
regarding children with special educational needs and those learning English as an<br />
additional language.<br />
17. During the autumn term <strong>of</strong> 2003 the Inclusion Team supported thirty settings in<br />
developing practice to cater for individual children’s needs alongside supporting eight<br />
children transferring from non-maintained settings to school provision. The Inclusion<br />
Team are also in the process <strong>of</strong> developing a “Behaviour Pack” that will support<br />
practitioners in developing positive behaviour strategies that will ensure children’s<br />
positive self-image is maintained<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 155
18. The Children’s Information Service has expanded its outreach programme and<br />
attended 32 outreach events, <strong>of</strong> which 14 were targeted at hard to reach groups.<br />
19. A Directory <strong>of</strong> Children’s Services is currently being compiled in collaboration<br />
with the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Association <strong>of</strong> Voluntary Services, Social Services, Education and<br />
Health. Funding <strong>of</strong> just under £8,000 for the next 2 years for the continuation <strong>of</strong> this<br />
project has been obtained from the Children’s Fund.<br />
FINANCE<br />
20. The plan is mainly concerned about the priorities for spending secured levels <strong>of</strong><br />
funding, whether that be base budget or external grant. In two regards, however,<br />
additional budget will be required for 2004/05 and this is being considered as part <strong>of</strong><br />
the EYL budget overall and the Schools Budget in particular.<br />
21. The policy <strong>of</strong> providing free early education for 3 Year Olds will have a cost in<br />
2004/05 which is calculated to be £85k more than the rolled forward budget. Also,<br />
the operation <strong>of</strong> the 3 Early Years Centres may cause budget pressures <strong>of</strong> up to<br />
£173k. Both <strong>of</strong> items fall within the Schools Budget and are included in the<br />
calculation for passporting the increase in the Formula Spending Share for Schools.<br />
22. The funding for this is to be considered as part <strong>of</strong> the report to Cabinet on Fair<br />
Funding arrangements for schools in 2004/05.<br />
LEGAL<br />
23. There are no legal implications arising from this <strong>Report</strong>.<br />
EXTERNAL CONSULTATIONS CARRIED OUT<br />
Employment Service<br />
Children’s Fund<br />
Sure Start<br />
Neighbourhood Nursery<br />
Parents<br />
Providers <strong>of</strong> early education and childcare<br />
BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />
Nil<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 156
REVENUE BUDGET 2003/04 MONTHLY<br />
MONITORING REPORT MONTH 9 (DECEMBER<br />
2003)<br />
ITEM 11<br />
Contact Officer: Paul Whaymand<br />
Telephone: 01895 556074<br />
INTRODUCTION<br />
This report sets out the overall financial position <strong>of</strong> the authority as forecast at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> month 9 <strong>of</strong> 2003/04 (December 2003). It shows separately the forecast yearend<br />
position on Directorates’ Budgets, centrally managed Corporate Budgets and<br />
the overall position in relation to the General Fund and surplus balances. The report<br />
also includes reports <strong>of</strong> Corporate Directors commenting on the forecast year-end<br />
position on their budgets and on any significant budget pressures during the year<br />
and actions taken to mitigate their effect. The previous report to Cabinet in February<br />
covered the forecast position as at month 8 (November).<br />
This report provides a strategic summary <strong>of</strong> financial performance to date. It reflects<br />
the budget monitoring and management within Directorates. More detailed<br />
information for individual Directorates is available from Heads <strong>of</strong> Finance.<br />
SUMMARY<br />
This report on revenue monitoring as at Month 9, December 2003, shows that<br />
forecast net expenditure for the year is £829k lower than the budget, leading to<br />
£1.829m being added to balances as opposed to the £1m budgeted. This is an<br />
improvement <strong>of</strong> £101k compared to the month 8 projected underspend <strong>of</strong> £728k.<br />
This change has been generated by a £101k improvement in the forecasts across<br />
Directorates. The main factor in the improved position within the Directorate spend is<br />
an improvement <strong>of</strong> £173k in the projected overspend for Housing Benefits.<br />
The current forecast assumes that the Development Contingency is fully utilised. At<br />
present £703k is uncommitted – <strong>of</strong> this, it is anticipated that up to £120k could be<br />
required to support the HIP programme, leaving a balance <strong>of</strong> £583k which could be<br />
added to balances.<br />
The forecasts for month 9 exclude £1.25m <strong>of</strong> additional costs relating to the Asylum<br />
Judicial Review. It has been assumed that this sum will be recoverable from central<br />
government, as have £1.9m <strong>of</strong> overhead costs relating to the Asylum Seeker Service<br />
in the year.<br />
RECOMMENDATIONS<br />
That Cabinet notes the improved position <strong>of</strong> the revenue budget and agrees to<br />
<strong>of</strong>ficers continuing to take appropriate actions to ensure the budgeted revenue<br />
surplus for the current year is achieved.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 157
REASONS FOR OFFICER RECOMMENDATION<br />
To achieve the Council’s expected surplus in line with the approved budget.<br />
EXPENDITURE FORECASTS<br />
Directorates’ Forecast Expenditure<br />
1. Table 1 shows Budget, Forecast and Variance at Directorate level now reported<br />
and the total position on the Directorates’ budgets<br />
Table 1<br />
2003/04<br />
Original<br />
Budget<br />
Budget<br />
changes<br />
(Note 1)<br />
2003/04<br />
Current<br />
Budget<br />
(as at<br />
Month 9)<br />
Directorate 2003/04<br />
Forecast<br />
(as at<br />
Month 9)<br />
Variances (+=Extra spend or<br />
Less Income )/() indicate less<br />
costs or greater income<br />
Variance<br />
(As at<br />
Month 9)<br />
Variance Variance<br />
(as at (as at<br />
Month 8) Month<br />
6)<br />
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000<br />
Education Youth &<br />
141,134 6,055 147,189 Leisure 147,189 0 0 0<br />
68,211 3,442 71,653 Social Services 71,668 +15 (23) (2)<br />
27,835 1,413 29,248 Environment 29,360 +112 +106 +140<br />
8,219 635 8,854 Housing 8,272 (582) (456) (148)<br />
11,855 290 12,145 Central Services 10,931 (1,214) (1,195) (62)<br />
32,632 -<br />
Capital charges (all<br />
32,632 Services – Note 2) 32,632 0 0 0<br />
Directorates'<br />
289,886 11,835 301,721 Expenditure 300,052 (1,669) (1,568) (72)<br />
Note 1<br />
“Budget Changes” incorporates allocations from the inflation provision and the<br />
Development and Risk Contingency which are further detailed in paragraphs 64 and<br />
65 respectively.<br />
The changes also reflect budget transfers between Directorates to accommodate:<br />
• Allocation <strong>of</strong> £300k savings target agreed at council budget meeting, Pro-rata<br />
across all services.<br />
• Central services charges allocation <strong>of</strong> £806k directly to relevant units.<br />
• Centralising <strong>of</strong> payment staff from Directorates - £75k (EYL & ESG)<br />
• Allocation <strong>of</strong> £400k <strong>of</strong> corporate provision for increased employer’s pension<br />
contributions.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 158
• £5k virement to Education from Central Services for town twinning.<br />
Note 2<br />
In Table 1 above, capital charges have been removed from Directorate budgets and<br />
shown separately to focus on the budget quantum which is within each Directorate’s<br />
control.<br />
2. The budgetary position for each Directorate is as follows:<br />
Education Youth & Leisure (EYL):<br />
3. EYL is projecting a £120k overspend on a number <strong>of</strong> budget heads as<br />
summarised below, with an expectation that they will be contained within the<br />
approved budget. This represents a £14k net improvement on the month 8 position<br />
before compensating savings:<br />
Forecast<br />
month 9<br />
£’000<br />
Change from<br />
month 8<br />
£’000<br />
Finance & Resources +228 +143<br />
Standards and Inclusion (245) (123)<br />
Lifelong learning +30 (30)<br />
Cultural Services +107 (4)<br />
Compensating Savings (120) +14<br />
Overall 0 0<br />
Finance and Resources: - £228k Overspend<br />
4. There are three areas <strong>of</strong> pressure in this budget. The first is in Premature<br />
Retirement Compensation, where current known commitments will result in an<br />
overspend <strong>of</strong> £162k (£137k worsening on £25k reported in month 8). The additional<br />
costs appear to be in the Teachers Pension Agency liability and some improvements<br />
need to be made to the way in which this aspect <strong>of</strong> the budget is forecasted in future.<br />
The second is in the Finance Team where recruitment difficulties have required the<br />
use <strong>of</strong> agency staff, currently estimated to cost in the region <strong>of</strong> £45k (£15k increase<br />
from £30k reported in month 8). The third relates to bills for legal costs, where LBH<br />
has either lost cases or has settled out <strong>of</strong> court (c£21k). This represents an<br />
improvement <strong>of</strong> £9k on the month 8 position.<br />
5. In the event <strong>of</strong> vacancy management across the group not producing savings to<br />
cover these pressures, the fall-back position would be to assess the scope to use or<br />
re-phase spending on asset management planning reports and the next stage <strong>of</strong><br />
consultancy work for Ruislip High School PFI. In the event <strong>of</strong> these not being<br />
achievable, an overspend would result.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 159
Standards and Inclusion :- £245k Underspend<br />
6. After virements from central Standards Fund budgets to support SEN budgets<br />
and finalisation <strong>of</strong> prior year inter-authority liabilities for SEN, the SEN position is<br />
now forecasting an underspend <strong>of</strong> £111k (£11k worsening on the £122k reported in<br />
month 8). These forecasts include assumptions about new SEN placements. A<br />
review <strong>of</strong> SEN support services budgets has identified underspends <strong>of</strong> £133k in<br />
staffing budgets that were not forecast in previous months. These underspends arise<br />
due to failure to fill posts, where previously it was assumed that they would be filled,<br />
for Pupil & Family Support (£73) and Learning and Support Services (£60).<br />
Lifelong Learning: £30k Overspend<br />
7. The Early Years and Childcare team has identified budget pressures (£130k), due<br />
to underachievement <strong>of</strong> income targets (principally) in the three Early Years Centres,<br />
which transferred from Social Services on 1st April 2003 . These budgets are<br />
regarded as high risk and are being considered each month. There are some<br />
<strong>of</strong>fsetting savings within the Early Years Team and these will reduce the overspend<br />
for the team to between £50k and £100k. Overall projected position is a £30k<br />
improvement on that forecast on month 8.<br />
8. EYL <strong>of</strong>ficers are looking to identify strategies for ensuring that, in the longer term,<br />
these facilities operate within their approved budget. This is unlikely to produce a<br />
balance in 2003/04. Officers have sought some support from the Council's<br />
Contingency Budget, which earmarked up to £40k <strong>of</strong> funding in the event <strong>of</strong> the Early<br />
Years Centres being unable to meet income targets. Other opportunities for savings<br />
in this area are modest and an overspend may be inevitable.<br />
Cultural Services: £107k Overspend<br />
9. Cost pressures and income shortfall at Hayes Pool (£90k) and a mixture <strong>of</strong><br />
pressures and savings elsewhere in the Leisure budget (ie projected income shortfall<br />
<strong>of</strong> £11k at Cwm Pennant <strong>of</strong>fset by a forecast increase in rent income on golf courses<br />
(£42k), under-achievement <strong>of</strong> income at Queensmead Sports Centre (£25k), cost<br />
pressures at Minet Country Park (£25K), and a range <strong>of</strong> modest ups and downs for<br />
the remainder). There are some <strong>of</strong>fsetting pressures and savings within the Library<br />
Service.<br />
10. These pressures are expected to be managed within Cultural Services. The<br />
scope for doing this is in uncommitted funding for an Asset Management Review<br />
Manager and some opportunities for vacancy management. Savings have been<br />
identified by Cultural Services managers.<br />
Compensating Savings (Provisions): - (£120k) Underspend<br />
11. The latest assessment <strong>of</strong> potential compensating savings suggests that the<br />
following would appear to be achievable:<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 160
AMR project director:<br />
Schools asset management:<br />
Vacancy management:<br />
Total:<br />
£’000<br />
70<br />
15<br />
35<br />
120<br />
Social Services:<br />
12. The Social Services overall projection indicates a slight worsening <strong>of</strong> £38k since<br />
the underspend <strong>of</strong> £23k projected at Month 8. As Social Services continue to<br />
examine and confirm management information through the commitments review<br />
exercise they are producing more reliable data on which to forecast commitments.<br />
The main changes this month are increase in the pressure on Children and families<br />
Service (£14k), Older People’s Services (£67k), mental health services (£25k),<br />
support services(£21k) and a reduction in the pressure on Physical and Sensory<br />
Disability Services by £47k, and in learning difficulties £38k. The forecast excludes<br />
the expected costs in this year <strong>of</strong> Asylum Seeker Judicial Review cases (£1.25m)<br />
and continues to assume full recovery <strong>of</strong> £1.9m <strong>of</strong> overhead costs regarding the<br />
Asylum Seeker service. The pressures are detailed in the table below:<br />
Forecast<br />
Variance<br />
Month 9<br />
£’000<br />
Change from<br />
Month 8<br />
£’000<br />
Children and Families +1,498 +14<br />
Asylum Seeker Service (1,114) 0<br />
Older People's Services (190) +67<br />
Physical & Sensory Disabilities +909 (47)<br />
Learning Disabilities +620 (38)<br />
Mental Health Services +401 +25<br />
Other Adult Services (36) (4)<br />
Support Services (434) +21<br />
Unallocated Growth (realignment) (1,639) 0<br />
+15 +38<br />
13. The extent <strong>of</strong> fluctuation in variances is reducing as the work on analysing all<br />
Private & Voluntary placement commitments nears completion. The forecast<br />
methodology has been significantly improved and is now more reliable. This has<br />
resulted in a revised projection <strong>of</strong> a £15k overspend for the department overall,<br />
excluding the developing impact <strong>of</strong> judicial review asylum cases. This compares with<br />
a £23k underspend projected in Month 8.<br />
14. Care Package authorisations procedures have been tightened to provide senior<br />
management scrutiny to all future higher cost placements for the foreseeable future.<br />
Heads <strong>of</strong> Service are continuing to review all proposals over £25k per year before a<br />
placement is made. The findings from the Budget Realignment exercise are helping<br />
budget managers to manage costs more effectively. The policy for the rest <strong>of</strong> this<br />
year is to contain costs overall within a departmental cash limit, since the current<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 161
service limits are unrealistic. The realignment exercise has informed the 2004/05<br />
budget building.<br />
Children & Families: - £1,498k overspend<br />
15. The projected overspend has increased by £14k due to clearer forecasting. All<br />
high cost care package proposals are referred to the Head <strong>of</strong> Service for review<br />
before a placement can be made.<br />
Asylum Seeker Service: - (£1,114k) underspend<br />
16. No change on Month 8. The underspend is additional grant income which has<br />
been claimed to cover management, support and overheads costs which have been<br />
the subject <strong>of</strong> challenge by the Audit Commission. This projection assumes full<br />
recovery <strong>of</strong> the claim. All claimable costs will be budgeted under the Asylum service<br />
cost centre for 2004/05, to show the real impact <strong>of</strong> the service and the extent to<br />
which it is reimbursed by grants.<br />
Older people’s Services: - (£190k) underspend<br />
17. An increase <strong>of</strong> £67k in spend since Month 8, due to continued efforts to reduce<br />
the waiting list. Commitments are being monitored in the context <strong>of</strong> the overall<br />
departmental financial position.<br />
Physical & Sensory Disabilities: - £909k overspend<br />
18. This has reduced by £47k since Month 8 due to firmer forecasting as the year<br />
progresses. All high cost care package proposals are to be referred to the Head <strong>of</strong><br />
Service for review before a placement can be made.<br />
Learning Disabilities: - £620k overspend<br />
19. A reduction £38k since Month 8 due to firmer forecasting. All high cost care<br />
package proposals are to be referred to the Head <strong>of</strong> Service for review before a<br />
placement can be made.<br />
Mental Health: - £401k overspend<br />
20. This has increased by £25k due mainly to clarification <strong>of</strong> the impact <strong>of</strong> staff<br />
harmonisation costs. All high cost care package proposals are to be referred to the<br />
Head <strong>of</strong> Service for review before a placement can be made.<br />
Support Services: - (£434k) underspend<br />
21. The underspend has reduced by £21k since Month 8 due to a £21k reduction in<br />
projected CareFirst costs <strong>of</strong>fset by an overspend <strong>of</strong> £42k on a shortfall in PCT<br />
contribution to the Equipment Service. The projected underspending on these<br />
services is being used to manage the department's budgets overall within the total<br />
cash limit.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 162
Unallocated Growth (Realignment): - (£1,639k) underspend<br />
22. There is no change since the last report. This is a reserve <strong>of</strong> £1,639k <strong>of</strong><br />
budgetary growth and inflation in the current year which has been with held from<br />
budgets pending a realignment <strong>of</strong> budgets for 2004/05 to reflect actual patterns <strong>of</strong><br />
spend. The budget will be dispersed to service budgets as part <strong>of</strong> 2004/05 budget<br />
build. This will not address the structural budget issues within services in the current<br />
year. Group budgets will continue to be managed by the department to aim to<br />
deliver an outturn on target overall. The realignment analysis will now form the basis<br />
for re-shaped budgets for 2004/05.<br />
Environmental Services:<br />
23. A projected overspend <strong>of</strong> £112k is reported. This is a worsening <strong>of</strong> £6k on the<br />
£106k reported in month 8. This is due to a new pressure in the CCTV service in<br />
relation to maintenance and cable line rental. The position is summarised below:<br />
Forecast<br />
month 9<br />
£’000<br />
Change from<br />
month 8<br />
£’000<br />
Public Health & Environmental<br />
6 6<br />
Services<br />
Highways & Transport 50 0<br />
Support Services 56 0<br />
Total 112 6<br />
Public Health & Environmental Services: - £6k overspend<br />
24. £6k CCTV Service. Pressure from increased maintenance and cable line rental<br />
costs. The CCTV manager is reviewing the current arrangements for the internal<br />
recharges <strong>of</strong> costs and also looking at opportunities to attract external funding to<br />
support this important 24-hour service.<br />
Highways & Transport: - £50k overspend<br />
25. Income from contract parking in multi storey car parks has not yet been<br />
achieved, hence there is an income shortfall. Officers continue to seek negotiated<br />
agreements with potential contract users.<br />
Support Services: - £56k overspend<br />
26. Demand for the Customer Contact Centre has been higher than expected, and<br />
the success <strong>of</strong> the service has generated yet more calls. The existing over-spend<br />
has arisen because <strong>of</strong> the need to employ additional staff to deal with the increased<br />
number <strong>of</strong> calls taken to meet performance indicators and deal with peaks and<br />
troughs in demand. The Council intends to extend the present CCC to all Council<br />
services, and the costs and budgetary position <strong>of</strong> the larger CCC will depend upon<br />
the detailed arrangements for the new service.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 163
27. The budget pressure has recently been reduced due to a contribution from<br />
'green waste'. The Corporate Director is actively seeking ways in which to make<br />
compensatory savings to reduce this pressure further. Officers from ESG and<br />
Corporate Finance are seeking to capitalise some <strong>of</strong> the staff salaries within the<br />
Contact Centre who are working on the introduction <strong>of</strong> the new Contact Centre<br />
s<strong>of</strong>tware. A significant reduction in the total overspend is expected in the next<br />
reporting period. The Contact Centre is due to transfer to Corporate IT in early<br />
March.<br />
Housing Services:<br />
28. Housing Services are now showing a projected underspend <strong>of</strong> £582k a £126k<br />
improvement on the month 8 projected underspend <strong>of</strong> £456k. This is due to an<br />
decrease in the forecast overspend on benefits, <strong>of</strong>fset by an increase in the forecast<br />
overspend on Housing development, as detailed in the table below:<br />
Forecast<br />
month 9<br />
£’000<br />
Changes from<br />
month 8<br />
£’000<br />
Benefits 320 (173)<br />
Homelessness (859) (21)<br />
Caravan Site (8) (2)<br />
Housing Advice Centre (52) (7)<br />
Housing Private Sector (59) (3)<br />
Housing Development 34 68<br />
Housing Careline Services 24 2<br />
Other Housing Services 18 10<br />
(582) (126)<br />
Benefits: - £320k overspend<br />
29. Benefits is made up <strong>of</strong> three key services - Benefit Admin, Benefits Payments<br />
and Fraud Prevention and Overpayment Recoveries; further details <strong>of</strong> these items<br />
are provided below. The net overspend has reduced from £493k in period 8 to £320k<br />
in period 9 and this is mainly due to movements in the cost <strong>of</strong> payments and<br />
administration. Net cost <strong>of</strong> payment is down by £174k and Admin costs are up by<br />
£170k. The total £320k projected net overspend to year-end is made up <strong>of</strong> £220k<br />
overspend on admin costs; £341k overspend on payments to claimants; and £241k<br />
underspend as a result <strong>of</strong> increased overpayment collections. The gross expenditure<br />
for Benefit is £53m+, £320k is less than 1% <strong>of</strong> the gross expenditure.<br />
30. There is a monthly review <strong>of</strong> the service to monitor both service and financial<br />
performance. All the actions listed for each aspect <strong>of</strong> the service are reviewed and<br />
updated each month.<br />
31. Admin: - The projected overspend on admin has moved from £55k overspend<br />
in period 8 to £220k overspend in period 9. This is mainly due to increased support<br />
costs allocations and the need to increase staffing levels in order to maintain<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 164
performance and implement i-world. The overall overspend <strong>of</strong> £220k for HB Admin<br />
due to general staffing costs, however the projected cost is very sensitive to the<br />
number <strong>of</strong> new claimants and HB review caseloads. Managers are recruiting more<br />
benefit assessment <strong>of</strong>ficer trainees and also implementing an action plan to improve<br />
HB admin services. The combination <strong>of</strong> these actions should reduce the current<br />
projected overspend.<br />
32. Payments: The latest projected overspend has reduced from £688k to £341k<br />
between period 8 and 9, this is mainly due to a small reduction in payment levels and<br />
corrections to budget allocation. Latest projected payments spend variance <strong>of</strong> £341k<br />
to year-end is based on actual payments to week 36. The current weighted average<br />
subsidy <strong>of</strong> 92.3% is one <strong>of</strong> the highest in <strong>London</strong> and the net expenditure on<br />
Housing Benefit and Council Tax Benefit is very sensitive to the subsidy percentage,<br />
0.01% change is about £50k impact on the budget. Managers are working on<br />
proposals to reduce the level <strong>of</strong> subsidy losses and we will be using some <strong>of</strong> the<br />
underspend in Homelessness budget to support this overspend.<br />
33. Overpayments: No significant change between period 8 and period 9. The total<br />
additional income <strong>of</strong> £250k from overpayment recoveries is mostly the direct result <strong>of</strong><br />
increased overpaid HB payments. Overpayment recovery performance is on a<br />
monthly review.<br />
Homelessness: - (£859k) underspend<br />
34. No significant changes between period 8 and period 9. The overall projected net<br />
underspend <strong>of</strong> £859k is mainly due to the use <strong>of</strong> new Private Sector Leasing<br />
accommodation. The gross budget for Homelessness is over £13m and the<br />
projected variance is about 6%. There are issues on how to sustain the current<br />
homelessness spend levels in future, there are a number <strong>of</strong> government proposals to<br />
review Homelessness services funding and subsidies. The cost <strong>of</strong> this service is very<br />
sensitive to HB subsidies payments and direct grants from government to support<br />
new homelessness prevention schemes. There is a monthly review between all<br />
service providers to ensure service plans and savings are delivered. Underspend is<br />
being used to support overspend elsewhere within the Housing General Fund.<br />
Caravan Sites: - (£8k) underspend<br />
35. There are no significant changes between period 8 and 9. The total projected<br />
£8k net underspend is mainly due to reduced costs on salaries and utilities (new<br />
electricity and water contracts at lower prices, and improved meter securities to<br />
control theft <strong>of</strong> electricity and water supplies). Underspend is being used to support<br />
overspend elsewhere within the Housing General Fund.<br />
Housing Advice Centre: - (£52k) underspend<br />
36. The improvement in projected spend between period 6 and 8 is due to<br />
correction <strong>of</strong> support cost recharges from the HRA. The overall projected £52k net<br />
underspend is mainly due to 1 fte post being funded from Community Safety<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 165
esources and another 1 fte vacancy caused by a recent secondment. Underspend<br />
is being used to support overspend elsewhere within the Housing General Fund.<br />
Housing Private Sector: - (£59k) underspend<br />
37. No significant improvement in projected spend between period 8 and 9. The<br />
overall projected £59k net underspend is mainly due to reduced projected overtime<br />
payments on Noise Services and reduction in HRA support services recharges. The<br />
Noise Service is currently being reviewed. Underspend is being used to support<br />
overspend elsewhere within the Housing General Fund.<br />
Housing Development Section: - £34k overspend<br />
38. The £68k movement from underspend to overspend between period 8 and<br />
period 9 is due to increased projected salary costs, consultancy costs to review the<br />
new PSL contracts and homelessness strategy. The total projected £34k net<br />
overspend is mainly due to projected expenditure on a number <strong>of</strong> housing<br />
development and procurement strategies. This overspend will be funded out <strong>of</strong> the<br />
homelessness underspend.<br />
Housing Careline Services: - £24k overspend<br />
39. No significant change between period 8 and 9. The projected total £24k net<br />
overspend is due to increased operational costs as a result <strong>of</strong> health and safety<br />
issues in the Careline Services’ current location at the Civic. This overspend is being<br />
funded out <strong>of</strong> the savings elsewhere in the budget.<br />
Housing Support Services & Management: - £18k overspend<br />
40. The increase <strong>of</strong> £10k in projected overspend is due to a number <strong>of</strong> cost<br />
reallocation between the HRA and Housing General Fund. The projected £18k net<br />
overspend is due to projected variance on a number <strong>of</strong> small support services<br />
recharges between HRA and Housing General Fund. This overspend is being<br />
funded out <strong>of</strong> the savings elsewhere in the budget.<br />
Central Services:<br />
41. This report sets out the financial forecast for Central Services based on the<br />
Month 9 (December 2003) actual figures. The projected variance will result in a net<br />
underspend <strong>of</strong> £1,214k, which is an increase <strong>of</strong> £19k over the £1,195k underspend<br />
declared in month 8. This improvement is primarily down to a reduction in the<br />
projected staffing costs in the Personnel and Best Value Services. A full summary <strong>of</strong><br />
the changes from month 8 is shown in Table 1 – Central Services Financial Forecast<br />
2003/2004:<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 166
Table 1 – Central Services Financial Forecast 2003/2004<br />
Service Area<br />
Forecast<br />
Month 9<br />
£’000<br />
Change from<br />
Month 8<br />
£’000<br />
Local Tax/NNDR (20) 13<br />
Corporate and Democratic Core (25) 0<br />
Estates and Property Services (54) 0<br />
Other Corporate Services (1,620) 0<br />
Chief Executive’s Office 0 (32)<br />
Finance Services 299 0<br />
Facilities Management 106 0<br />
Constitutional Services (70) 0<br />
Legal Services 170 0<br />
Total Forecast for Central Services (1,214) (19)<br />
Local Tax/NNDR (£20k underspend)<br />
42. The projected variance is due to the predicted savings on salaries within the<br />
Recovery Section amounting to £70k, which is <strong>of</strong>fset by £50k due to costs <strong>of</strong><br />
employing agency staff to cover staff vacancies and the additional cost <strong>of</strong><br />
implementing the I-World project within the income collection teams. The £13k<br />
decrease in the underspend from month 8 is due to the increase in agency staffing<br />
costs to assist with the implementation <strong>of</strong> the I-World project.<br />
Corporate and Democratic Core (£25k underspend)<br />
43. As last month it is anticipated that the one-<strong>of</strong>f set up costs for the <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />
Community Trust will be lower than expected by £25k.<br />
Estates (£60k underspend) and Property Services (£6k overspend), net<br />
underspend <strong>of</strong> £54k<br />
44. As reported last month it is anticipated that the projected variance will be an<br />
underspend <strong>of</strong> £54k. This is due to a number <strong>of</strong> projected savings totalling £84k, a<br />
£10k saving from rent income received for the Uxbridge Industrial Estate, which has<br />
been sold, a saving <strong>of</strong> £49k from the property at 192 High Street, which has been<br />
sub-let to a private tenant, who will be responsible for the day to day running costs<br />
and a £25k underspend on external consultants in the Property Disposal budget.<br />
This is <strong>of</strong>fset by an overspend <strong>of</strong> £24k due to the fall in the number <strong>of</strong> units let at the<br />
Warnford Industrial Estate and a slight overspend <strong>of</strong> £6k which is projected in<br />
Estates and Valuation due to increased staffing costs.<br />
Other Corporate Services (£1,620k underspend)<br />
45. Most <strong>of</strong> the Rates bills for the Authority have now been finalised following<br />
challenges mounted by the authority on the current rating list. Indications are that<br />
rate refunds flowing from these challenges will generate savings <strong>of</strong> £1,570k over<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 167
and above the £224k assumed in the base budget. A further £50k saving is due to<br />
the <strong>London</strong> Residual Body balances redistributed to the Authority for prior year<br />
County Hall rate refunds dating back to 1995.<br />
46. The significant improvement <strong>of</strong> £720k in the variation is due to the outcomes <strong>of</strong><br />
the challenges to the rateable value on the Civic Centre. The final rebates due to the<br />
Authority are significantly better than those predicted and relate to rebates dating<br />
back to the 2000/2001 financial year.<br />
Chief Executive’s Office (nil variance)<br />
47. The change in the variation from month 8 by £32k is due to an underspend <strong>of</strong><br />
£10k within the Best Value Team on staff salaries and a reduction in the agency staff<br />
costs within the Personnel Service <strong>of</strong> £22k.<br />
Finance Services (£299k overspend)<br />
48. As reported last month the projected overspend is made up <strong>of</strong> a number <strong>of</strong> items<br />
across the service. The pressures identified are essential, so as to enable the<br />
Authority to improve its financial management systems and processes, which would<br />
lead to service efficiencies.<br />
49. The Central Services Finance Team is expected to overspend by £50k, due<br />
mainly to agency staff covering a maternity leave and the role <strong>of</strong> the Head <strong>of</strong> Finance<br />
– Central Services. The position for Head <strong>of</strong> Finance – Central Services was filled<br />
with a permanent employee with effect from 1 September 2003.<br />
50. The Financial Systems Support Team is projected to overspend by £40k, due to<br />
costs involved in setting up a help desk and recruiting agency staff to manage the<br />
first year <strong>of</strong> live implementation <strong>of</strong> the Oracle Financial Management System, which<br />
is a recognised priority for this Authority.<br />
51. Insurance Services is anticipated to overspend by £28k, due to temporarily<br />
recruiting two additional staff to set up a risk register and to undertake work designed<br />
to help improve our CPA rating in this area. CPA rating has as a result increased<br />
from a score <strong>of</strong> 1 to a score <strong>of</strong> 3.<br />
52. Treasury Services is anticipated to overspend by £20k, due to additional Brokers<br />
Commissions in year incurred as a result <strong>of</strong> debt restructuring designed to reduce<br />
interest costs in the current year and next.<br />
53. The Corporate Accountancy Team is expected to overspend by £194k. This<br />
comes at a time <strong>of</strong> the greatest change in Local Government Finance, with<br />
significant change in the department and greater support being required by the<br />
Authority. The overspend is due to, in particular, difficulties in recruiting to the Head<br />
<strong>of</strong> Financial Planning and the resulting additional recruitment costs and covering<br />
sickness for the role <strong>of</strong> the Capital Accountant. The Team is also having to cope with<br />
an additional workload as a result <strong>of</strong> providing financial input into the HIP program<br />
and detailed financial support to 3 HIP projects. The position for the Head <strong>of</strong><br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 168
Financial Planning was filled with a permanent employee with effect from<br />
20 October 2003.<br />
54. The Finance Directorate is anticipated to overspend by £30k due to additional<br />
costs arising as a consequence <strong>of</strong> covering for the <strong>Borough</strong> Treasurer’s post which<br />
became vacant in November and the recruitment costs <strong>of</strong> appointing new staff. A<br />
further overspend <strong>of</strong> £65k will result from the redundancy payments arising following<br />
the restructuring <strong>of</strong> the Payroll Section. These additional costs will, to some part, be<br />
<strong>of</strong>fset by projected savings arising from the continuing vacancies within the Audit<br />
Team (£50k) and by an agreed reduction in the Authority audit fees (£78k).<br />
Facilities Management (£106k overspend)<br />
55. A number <strong>of</strong> pressures have been identified within this service. The cost <strong>of</strong> the<br />
security contract is £42k above the budget provision, staffing costs within the Office<br />
Services are projected to be £25k overspent, Civic Centre utility bills are higher than<br />
expected by £35k and a further net pressure <strong>of</strong> £4k on other Civic Centre budgets.<br />
56. Due to the restructuring <strong>of</strong> the Facilities Management service and the<br />
refurbishment <strong>of</strong> the Café, it has been very difficult to predict with any certainty how<br />
the three Trading Accounts (Catering, Cleaning and Printing) have been performing.<br />
This work will be carried out and completed in February 2004 and the outcomes<br />
reported within the next monitoring report.<br />
57. Although not included in the projected year end figures, the Building Cleaning<br />
and Catering Services will be affected by the Harmonisation process. A bid has been<br />
submitted to the Contingency Fund for a gross £42k to cover the additional costs.<br />
Constitutional Services (£70k underspend)<br />
58. As reported last month the underspend has arisen due to a slippage in the<br />
implementation <strong>of</strong> the Community Safety Initiative resulting in a saving <strong>of</strong> £20k and<br />
not being able to fill a number <strong>of</strong> vacant posts within the service resulting in an<br />
anticipated saving <strong>of</strong> £50k.<br />
Legal Services (£170k overspend)<br />
59. As reported last month the projected overspend is due to continuing pressure on<br />
the service especially from Social Services and Environmental Services. Increased<br />
workloads and the high staff vacancy within the service have resulted in a significant<br />
cost being paid for agency staff to enable the service to function. A further pressure<br />
on the service is the appointment <strong>of</strong> the Data Protection Officer to an unfunded post.<br />
Corporate Budgets’ Forecasts<br />
60. Table 2 shows Budget, Forecast and Variance now reported on corporate<br />
budgets i.e. inflation provision/ Interest Income etc and the total position on<br />
corporate budgets.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 169
Table 2<br />
2003/04<br />
Original<br />
Budget<br />
Budget<br />
changes<br />
(para’s 17<br />
to 19)<br />
2003/04 Corporate Budgets<br />
Current<br />
Budget<br />
(as at<br />
Month 9)<br />
2003/04<br />
Forecast<br />
(as at<br />
Month 9)<br />
Variances (+=Extra spend or<br />
Less Income )/() indicate less<br />
costs or greater income<br />
Variance<br />
(As at<br />
Month 9)<br />
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000<br />
Variance Variance<br />
(As at (As at<br />
Month 8) Month 6)<br />
11,238 (11,238) 0 Inflation Provision 0 0 0 0<br />
2,100 (597) 1,503 Developments Contingency 1,503 0 0 0<br />
(800) - (800) Interest on Balances (80) +720 +720 0<br />
(500) - (500) BPR / HIP Savings (500) 0 0 0<br />
(500) - (500) External Contribution (500) 0 0 0<br />
(32,632) - (32,632) Asset Mgt A/c (32,512) +120 +120 0<br />
(21,094) (11,835) (32,929) Corporate Budgets (32,089) +840 +840 0<br />
Corporate budget Variance: - £840k overspend<br />
61. This significant pressure has not changed since month 8 and has been<br />
generated for two main reasons. The government has frozen the payment <strong>of</strong> Asylum<br />
seekers Grant in the current year due to unresolved issues in the 2002-3 claim. This<br />
has therefore resulted in a worsened cash-flow position and a resultant loss <strong>of</strong><br />
potential income to be earned <strong>of</strong> approximately £500k. There has also been a<br />
significant increase in the sale <strong>of</strong> council houses, due the future reduction <strong>of</strong><br />
discounts available to tenants. The result <strong>of</strong> these increased HRA capital receipts is<br />
that the HRA is charged with a reduced proportion <strong>of</strong> the Council’s debt financing<br />
costs which instead falls on the General Fund. This has resulted in a fall <strong>of</strong><br />
approximately £300k in the amount that the HRA owes the General Fund in debt<br />
financing costs. The reduction in debt financing costs charged to the HRA is an<br />
exaggerated reflection <strong>of</strong> the capital receipts in the year due to the way the<br />
apportionment statutorily has to be calculated.<br />
62. Officers have taken action to prevent the position from getting worse by<br />
undertaking a debt restructure, which has resulted in reduced interest costs in the<br />
current year.<br />
63. There has been a transfer <strong>of</strong> £11.238m <strong>of</strong> inflation provision to Directorates’<br />
budgets to date. The following allocations have utilised the whole balance in the<br />
inflation provision. The following table shows how the inflation has been allocated;<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 170
£000<br />
Pay awards 7,688<br />
Contractual arrangements 1,919<br />
Levies 1,234<br />
Other* 397<br />
Total 11,238<br />
* Note: major components <strong>of</strong> this figure include:<br />
£’000<br />
Members allowances 30<br />
Grants 45<br />
Special Schools 114<br />
Homelessness 19<br />
Building maintenance<br />
Social Services Transport<br />
IT Contract Costs<br />
School Quantum<br />
4<br />
47<br />
61<br />
10<br />
Other 67<br />
Total 397<br />
64. Table 2 assumes that the Development and Risk Contingency will be fully<br />
utilised in 2003/04. Allocations <strong>of</strong> £557k have been made from the contingency this<br />
year - including those reflecting members’ approval in 2002/03 <strong>of</strong> funding for £144k<br />
expenditure which did not take place until 2003/04. Bids for harmonisation costs total<br />
£540k (Social Services £450k, Environmental Services £40k and Central Services<br />
£50k) and whilst a corporate review <strong>of</strong> these bids is underway, it is assumed that the<br />
figure <strong>of</strong> £540k will be justified. There is £300k earmarked in the Contingency to<br />
support the revenue budget provision <strong>of</strong> £300k for self-insured claims. Current<br />
projections based on settlements up to the end <strong>of</strong> December suggest that the £300k<br />
contingency will be required in full. The harmonisation and Insurance commitments<br />
are incorporated into the table overleaf which also sets out the items provided for<br />
within the contingency:<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 171
2003/04 Allocated<br />
Budget or<br />
committed<br />
£’000 £’000<br />
Harmonisation 500 540<br />
Business Rates – Civic Centre 400 Not needed<br />
Residential Care Allowances 450 Not needed<br />
Uninsured Claims 300 300<br />
Early Years Centres’ budget shortfall 40 0<br />
HIP / Procurement savings 300 180<br />
Pensions for Councillors 94 Not needed<br />
Allocations brought forward from 2002/03:<br />
Sec 106 temporary staff (ESG) 20<br />
Planning appeal Ruislip Community School (ESG) 33<br />
Challenge Consulting (Central) 31<br />
Cranford Women’s project (Central) 60<br />
2003/04 allocations:<br />
Challenge Consulting / other specific HIP<br />
82<br />
allocations (Central)<br />
NOTRAG & Decideum (Central) 10<br />
<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Youth Offending Service (SocServices) 62<br />
Bellfarm Advice Centre (Central) 15<br />
Campaign against 3 rd Runway (Central) 25<br />
Festive Decorations (ESG) 24<br />
Litter Campaign design and publicity 15<br />
Reduction at Council Budget meeting -484<br />
Total: 2,100 1,397<br />
65. Taking allocations and commitments to date into account, the unallocated<br />
balance on the Contingency currently stands at £703k. Further issues to be<br />
considered in this perspective are:<br />
• HIP/Procurement savings: £300k – provision made to cover start-up costs and<br />
recognising an ambitious income target. £180k has already been allocated from<br />
Contingency so far this year. Shortfall currently identified at £300k but some <strong>of</strong><br />
these costs may be chargeable to the HRA. It is therefore possible that the full<br />
£300k will not be required.<br />
• Pensions for Councillors: £94k – this will not be required in the current financial<br />
year.<br />
66. Taking these issues into account the uncommitted balance <strong>of</strong> the Contingency<br />
would reduce to £583k.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 172
OVERALL FINANCIAL POSITION<br />
67. Table 3 indicates the overall impact <strong>of</strong> the expenditure forecasts now reported<br />
on the approved budget and the resulting balances position.<br />
Table 3<br />
2003/04<br />
Original<br />
Budget<br />
2003/04<br />
(As at Month 9)<br />
Current<br />
Budget<br />
Forecast<br />
(as at Month<br />
9)<br />
Variances (+=Extra spend or Less<br />
Income )/() indicate less costs or<br />
greater income<br />
Variance (As<br />
at Month 9)<br />
Variance<br />
(As at<br />
Month 8)<br />
Variance<br />
(As at<br />
Month6)<br />
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000<br />
Directorates’<br />
289,886 Expenditure 301,721 300,052 (1,669) (1,568) (72)<br />
(21,094) Corporate Budgets (32,929) (32,089) +840 +840 0<br />
268,792 Total Net Expenditure 268,792 267,963 (829) (728) (72)<br />
(269,792) Budget Requirement (269,792) (269,792) 0 0 0<br />
(1,000) (Surplus)/Deficit (1,000) (1,829) (829) (728) (72)<br />
(2,800) Balances b/f 1/4/03 (3,376) (3,376) 0 0 0<br />
(3,800) Balances c/f 31/3/04 (4,376) (5,205) (829) (728) (72)<br />
FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS<br />
a B c = b-a<br />
68. This is a report <strong>of</strong> the Director <strong>of</strong> Finance and the financial implications are<br />
included throughout.<br />
LEGAL IMPLICATIONS<br />
69. There are no specific legal implications arising from this report.<br />
BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />
Monitoring reports<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 173
OPENING OF THE PRIVATE EQUITY TENDER OFF<br />
SITE<br />
ITEM 12<br />
Contact Officer: Louise Branford-White<br />
Telephone: 01895 250818<br />
SUMMARY<br />
The response to the Private Equity open OJEC tender will be opened <strong>of</strong>f site in the<br />
presence <strong>of</strong> an <strong>of</strong>ficer from Democratic or Legal Services. Opening the tender <strong>of</strong>f<br />
site is because a large number <strong>of</strong> proposals and quantity <strong>of</strong> supporting documents<br />
are expected. This report is required under standing orders to note to Cabinet the<br />
unopened tenders not being sent to the civic centre and not being accompanied <strong>of</strong>f<br />
site by 2 <strong>of</strong>ficers, following this approval being authorised by an appropriate <strong>of</strong>ficer.<br />
RECOMMENDATION<br />
The report be noted<br />
INFORMATION<br />
1. The pension fund is undertaking an open OJEC tender for Private Equity. The<br />
amount to be invested would be in the region <strong>of</strong> £18 million, approximately 5% <strong>of</strong> the<br />
total value <strong>of</strong> the pension fund.<br />
2. Due to the specialist nature <strong>of</strong> Private Equity, BFINANCE have been appointed to<br />
analyse and review the information returned from the tender process. It is expected<br />
that a large quantity <strong>of</strong> responses will be received and that the volume <strong>of</strong> information<br />
supplied will be great.<br />
3. It would therefore be sensible to have the completed tender documents sent<br />
straight to BFINANCE <strong>of</strong>fices. The tender documents will then be opened in the<br />
presence <strong>of</strong> an <strong>of</strong>ficer from Democratic or Legal Services.<br />
LEGAL IMPLICATIONS<br />
4. Section 16 (a) <strong>of</strong> Procurement and Contract Standing Order number requires<br />
tenders to be returned to the Civic Centre. Section 3 <strong>of</strong> the same standing order<br />
provides that the Standing Order must be complied with at all times but there are<br />
some exceptions.<br />
5. Section 3 (b) states an exception can be “by direction <strong>of</strong> the Appropriate<br />
Delegated Officer where such direction is justified by special exceptional<br />
circumstances and will be subject to a report to the cabinet”.<br />
FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS<br />
6. The proposal is the most practical in the circumstances.<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 174
Conclusion<br />
7. The response to the Private Equity tender will be opened <strong>of</strong>f site in the presence<br />
<strong>of</strong> an <strong>of</strong>ficer from Democratic or Legal Services due to the expectation that a large<br />
number <strong>of</strong> tenders will be received and the documentation will be great. The<br />
appropriate Delegated Officer who has authorised this is the Director <strong>of</strong> Finance.<br />
BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />
Procurement and Contract Standing Orders<br />
PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />
Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 175